H U M A N I Z I N G T H E E X P E R I E N C E E C O N O M Y
2 0 2 0 A N N U A L R E P O R T
2020 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
($ in millions, except per share data)
Revenue
$1,949.2
$1,643.7
$1,509.2
Operating
Income
$204.7
Net Income
per Diluted Share
$2.52
$123.7
$92.1
$1.65
$0.77
2018
2019
2020
2018
2019
2020
2018
2019
2020
2018
2019
2020
Revenue
Operating Income
Operating Margin
Adjusted EBITDA
EBIT
Net income
Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders
Average diluted shares outstanding
Net income attributable to TTEC shockholders
per diluted share
Cash and cash equivalents
Debt
Capital expenditures
5% 4%
21%
2020 Revenue
by Geography
North America
Asia Pacific,
Philippines & India
Latin America
EMEA
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,509.2
92.1
6.1%
188.7
80.4
39.8
35.8
46.4
0.77
78.2
304.5
43.5
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,643.7
123.7
7.5%
209.1
127.6
84.7
77.2
46.8
1.65
82.4
307.5
60.8
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2020 Revenue
by Segment
16%
70%
TTEC Engage
TTEC Digital
1,949.2
204.7
10.5%
304.0
186.1
129.3
118.6
47.0
2.52
132.9
396.3
59.8
84%
Corporate InformationDirectors Kenneth D. TuchmanFounder, Chairman of the BoardSteven J. AnenenDirector, DealerSocket; former Chief Executive Officer, CDK Global, Inc.; former President of ADP Dealer Services; former Senior Vice President of North America Systems.Tracy L. BahlFormer President and CEO, OneOncology; former Executive Vice President, Health Plans, CVS Health; former Director, MedExpress; former Executive Chairman, Emdeon; former Chief Executive Officer, UnipriseGregory A. ConleyDirector, Travelport; former Chief Executive Officer, Aha! Software; former Chief Executive Officer, Odyssey Group, SARobert N. FrerichsDirector, Wedgewood Enterprises Corporation; former International Chairman, Accenture, Inc.; former Director, Merkle, Inc.; former Chairman, Aricent Group; former Chairman, AvanadeMarc L. HoltzmanChairman, CBZ Holdings Limited; Chairman, Bank of Kigali; Director, FAT Brands Inc.; former Chief Executive Officer of Kazkommertsbank; former Director, FTI Consulting; former Chairman, Meridian Capital HK; former Vice Chairman, Barclays CapitalEkta Singh-BushellDirector, DBI, Inc.; Director, Huron Consulting Group; Director, Net 1 UEPS Technologies, Inc; Director, Datatec Limited; former Deputy to the First Vice President, Chief Operating Officer Executive Office at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; former Partner, DecisionGPS LLC; former Global Client Services Partner, Ernst & YoungAudit CommitteeGregory A. Conley, ChairmanRobert N. FrerichsEkta Singh-BushellCompensation CommitteeTracy L. Bahl, ChairmanGregory A. ConleyRobert N. Frerichs Nominating and Governance CommitteeRobert N. Frerichs, ChairmanSteven J. AnenenTracy L. BahlEkta Singh-BushellExecutive CommitteeKenneth D. Tuchman, ChairmanTracy L. BahlSteven J. AnenenStock ListingNASDAQ Global Select MarketSymbol: TTEC Websitettec.com2020 Annual Meeting of StockholdersThe Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held Wednesday, May 13, 2020, beginning at 10:00 a.m. MDT at:TTEC Holdings, Inc.Global Headquarters9197 South Peoria StreetEnglewood, CO 80112-5833Transfer Agent and RegistrarBroadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300Philadelphia, PA 19103Telephone: 855.206.5002Facsimile: 215.553.5402Email: shareholder@broadridge.comInvestor InformationInvestor information, including TTEC’s Annual Report, press releases and filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, may be obtained from TTEC’s website, teletech.com or by contacting TTEC Investor Relations at:1.800.835.3832investor.relations@ttec.comIndependent AccountantsPricewaterhouseCoopers LLPDenver, ColoradoTTEC Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: TTEC) is a leading global customer experience technology and services company focused on the design, implementation and delivery of transformative customer experience for many of the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. The Company delivers outcome-based customer engagement solutions through TTEC Digital, its digital consultancy that designs and builds human centric, tech-enabled, insight-driven customer experience solutions for clients and TTEC Engage, its delivery center of excellence, that operates customer acquisition, care, fraud prevention and detection, and content moderation services. Founded in 1982, the Company’s 49,500 employees operate on six continents across the globe and live by a set of customer-focused values that guide relationships with clients, their customers, and each other. To learn more about how TTEC is bringing humanity to the customer experience, visit www.ttec.com.Executive OfficersKenneth D. TuchmanChief Executive OfficerRegina M. PaolilloExecutive Vice President; Chief Administrative and Financial OfficerMartin F. DeGhettoExecutive Vice President; TTEC EngageJudi A. HandExecutive Vice President, Chief Revenue Officer Chandra VenkataramaniSenior Vice President, Chief Information OfficerJonathan LernerPresident, TTEC DigitalSteven C. PollemaChief Operating Officer, TTEC DigitalMargaret B. McLeanSenior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Risk OfficerMichael WellmanSenior Vice President, Chief People OfficerNick CeriseSenior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer201720182019Revenue$ 1,477.4$ 1,509.2$ 1,643.7Adjusted EBITDA$ 200.4$ 188.7$ 209.1Operating income$ 100.5$ 92.1$ 123.7Operating margin 6.8% 6.1% 7.5%EBIT$ 99.8$ 80.4$ 127.6Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders$ 7.3$ 35.8$ 77.2Average diluted shares outstanding 46.4 46.4 46.8Net income per diluted share$ 0.16$ 0.77$ 1.65Cash and cash equivalents$ 74.4$ 78.2$ 82.4Debt$ 361.3$ 304.5$ 307.5Capital expenditures$ 52.0$ 43.5$ 60.8Financial Highlights($ in millions, except per share data)2019 Revenue by Geography2019 Revenue by Segment North America Asia Pacific, Philippines & India Latin America EMEA TTEC Engage TTEC Digital20172017201920192017$1,477.42018$1,509.22019$1,643.7 $100.5 $123.7 2018$92.1 $0.16$1.652018$0.77**Includes one-time impact from enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs ActRevenue Operating IncomeNet Income Per Diluted Share64%26%6%4%81%19% Kenneth D. Tuchman
Founder, Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Founder, Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
We serve 6 of the top
10 healthcare payers,
and the top 5 largest
automotive brands
Dear Shareholders,
2020 was a breakthrough year for TTEC. We set aggressive operational and
financial objectives and dramatically exceeded them all.
Like every business around the world, we faced a once-in-a-century challenge. As
the world lost mobility, consumers shifted to virtual interactions and workers shifted
to virtual productivity. Across the globe, people quickly accepted “virtual” as their
new “reality” and embraced a new way of life – most of which is here to stay.
Dear Shareholders:
In the midst of this massive digital migration, our clients depended on us for the
We are proud to report that 2019 was a record-setting year for TTEC. Our strategy of powering
technology and digitally enabled services they needed to meet rising customer
the experience economy with end-to-end customer experience (CX) solutions has delivered
demands. We digested what felt like 10 years of digital transformation in 10 months.
significant results.
Our systems and operations were tested and succeeded. Our teams worked around
the clock and went above and beyond. We responded from a solid foundation,
weathered the 100-year storm, and emerged stronger than ever.
Of note in our 2019 financial highlights, here are a few of our record-breaking achievements:
•
Revenue increased 9% to a record $1.644 billion, driven by highly recurring, organic
growth in our embedded base
• Our subscription-based CX cloud business grew 172%
A NEW ERA OF VIRTUALIZATION IS HERE TO STAY
We are at the dawn of a second wave of digital transformation and virtualization
that is sweeping the world, and we perform a mission critical role in powering it for
our clients. This new digital era will demand increased virtual capabilities for years
to come and we are ready.
Adjusted EBITDA increased 11% to a record $209 million
Non-GAAP EPS increased 27% to a record $1.89 per share
•
•
•
Cash flow from operations increased 41% to a record $238 million
Over the past several years consumers have become accustomed to using digital
tools to acquire anything they want online. They shop for shoes, clothes, food,
cars, vacations, and so much more. Everything is available at their fingertips,
A combination of strategic partnerships and acquisitions, geographic expansion, the growth
without compromise. The past 12 months have added new conveniences to that
of our digital-first integrated solutions, and our differentiated ‘CX as a service’ platform drove
list. “Work from home”, “learn from home”, “eat out from home”, “bank from home”,
top-line growth. With CX being a competitive differentiator in driving revenue for market
“exercise from home”, “stream entertainment from home” and “see a doctor from
leaders, our customers are demanding an end-to-end solution that enables them to deliver
home” have gone from “nice to haves” to “must-haves”. These digitally enabled
personalized CX faster.
experiences have become a new cultural
standard, many of which will become
permanently woven into the fabric of
everyday life.
Across the globe, people
quickly accepted “virtual”
as their new “reality” and
embraced a new way of
life – most of which is
here to stay.
Transforming Customer Experience
through Strong Fundamentals
Consumers expect every one of these
virtual micro-interactions to be simple,
seamless and personalized. If they
experience any friction along their digital
journey, the competition is just a click away.
Orchestrating these effortless experiences
TTEC serves the entire market with end-to-end CX technology and services at scale, including
isn’t easy and requires a highly complex,
born-digital disrupters, the Global 1000, and mega government agencies. We have invested
interconnected network of cloud-based technologies, including omnichannel,
substantially in the last decade, building CX capabilities organically and through strategic
artificial intelligence, machine learning, RPA, and advanced analytics. TTEC’s
proprietary technology solutions, coupled with our deep industry expertise
acquisitions. These investments have significantly expanded our addressable market by
across all major verticals, is fueled by the billions of customer interactions we
almost 150 billion dollars per annum in the last 10 years.
have delivered for the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. This ability to
With this expanded addressable market, our top line has benefited from the tailwinds
seamlessly integrate complex CX technology with flawless last-mile execution is
what truly distinguishes us from the competition.
presented by digital transformation, the migration of CX technologies to the cloud, the rapid
adoption of Intelligent Automation, and the ever-increasing demand from customers for
personalized, frictionless, and differentiated experiences.
Massive Addressable Market
Our business is thriving because consumers’ expectations for next-generation
digital experiences are overwhelming client CX technologies, processes and
systems. Many of their communication channels are limited and lack the scale
and agility to meet the rising demand. They need the digital horsepower and
operational expertise that TTEC provides.
Differentiated CXaaS Platform
Our global leadership in CXaaS is demonstrated by our client list, which includes some of the
world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. For example, we serve 6 of the top 10 healthcare
payers, and the top 5 largest automotive brands. We are a trusted partner to our clients — a
partner they turn to for their most complex and challenging CX initiatives. These are clients for
whom only the highest of NPS and CSAT scores will suffice.
For decades we have been at the forefront, fueling the CX technology and services
for our clients who drive the digital economy. We have become the connective
tissue between iconic brands and their customers’ experiences. Our people and
our technology provide the digital glue that enables frictionless interactions across
every channel.
With our differentiated CXaaS platform, we’ve seen a continued increase in the total number
of client engagements with a unified “One TTEC” Digital & Engage solution. These holistic
engagements span the entire CX lifecycle, including consulting, technology and operations,
and enable “mission-critical outcomes” for our clients and their customers.
GROWTH WITH NEW AND EXISTING CLIENTS
We have achieved accelerated growth during the past several years by serving
two kinds of clients – multinational giants in high growth verticals like technology,
healthcare, financial services, auto and the public sector; and new economy players
in thriving e-commerce and direct-to-consumer channels. Despite this distinction,
all of these clients share a common goal: Grow customer value and citizen
engagement by delivering exceptional experiences across every channel. This year,
we’ve helped these clients significantly improve their customer experiences and
reduce costs by 20-40% by shifting their interaction volumes from pure voice to an
optimized blend of voice and digital channels.
• Our hypergrowth sector, focused on born-digital, disruptive logos including fin-tech,
Our track record for growth leveraging our existing client base, channel partners, and M&A was
especially prominent in 2019.
Building a Strong Foundation of Growth
This year, we began to shift to broader, longer-term relationships with our existing
clients. We penetrated additional areas of those businesses not previously
health-tech, and curated e-tail, in just four years is at run-rate of $300 million. New logo
wins, and the acquisition of FCR in 2019 solidified our position as a leader in serving the
brands of the future.
With our differentiated
CXaaS platform, we’ve
seen a continued increase
Our business is thriving because consumers’ expectations
in the total number of client
engagements with a unified
for next-generation digital experiences are overwhelming
“One TTEC” Digital &
client CX technologies, processes and systems.
Engage solution
outsourced and have
established ourselves
• We have aggressively expanded our geographic footprint into fast-growing regions. In
as the incumbent going
2019 alone, our EMEA region achieved a 73% increase in new business signings.
forward. Surge volumes are
converting to long-term
Through our Cisco channel partnership, TTEC is expanding its addressable market to
recurring revenue contracts,
include Cisco’s millions of on-premises users. These on-premises users are eager to
especially for clients who
migrate to the cloud, adopt more Intelligent Automation, and accelerate their digital
transformation with TTEC Digital. Overall, an estimated 10% of the market has moved to
the cloud globally, providing a runway of 20% growth per annum in this market for the
foreseeable future.
recognized the challenges of virtualizing their operations. These clients had reached
their tipping point and needed to advance their customer experience delivery
capabilities. We supported them as they launched omnichannel, implemented @
home and migrated their infrastructure to our cloud. By digitizing their systems, they
were able to meet the increase in demand, improve their CSAT scores, and build
Both existing and future technology partnerships — such as Cisco, LivePerson, and
operating efficiencies. As a result, we gained additional volume commitments not
Pegasystems — keeps TTEC at the epicenter of a massive market opportunity, facilitating
just for the next 6-12 months, but for the next 3-5 years.
large enterprise migration to cloud-based CX technology.
•
•
•
Since 2010, we’ve successfully executed strategic acquisitions that have delivered a set
of integrated capabilities allowing TTEC to power the experience economy. As recent
examples, we acquired FCR to give us significantly more scale with hypergrowth clients,
and we purchased Serendebyte to add more scale to our market-leading Intelligent
Automation solutions. Expect us to continue expansion through strategic acquisitions in
the years ahead.
ONE TTEC IS UNIQUE
Our value proposition is unique. We are focused exclusively on the design,
implementation and optimization of seamless customer experiences across every
interaction channel available. This singular obsession with customer excellence
drives every decision we make and puts us in a class of our own. With an all-time
record client Net Promoter Score of +75, the results speak for themselves. The most
well-respected brands who want to compete and win on customer centricity are
trusting TTEC to deliver premium quality digital experiences for their most valuable
asset, their customers.
Today, industry analysts estimate that companies are spending over $640 billion
in CX tech and services. It is split with $525 billion in CX services and $115 billion
in CX technology. We are focused exclusively on the market segments that are
experiencing double digit growth.
Our investments in
the last few years in
omnichannel interaction
hubs, at-home solutions,
Intelligent Automation, and
our Humanify™ platform
have proven prescient as
workforces have moved
to work from home to
contain the spread
Powering the Experience Economy Now and in the Future
The impact of COVID-19 is undeniable for all businesses. Although 2020 poses significant
challenges, we also believe that there is great opportunity. Over the past 37 years, we have
regularly supported first responder organizations and government entities with large-scale
disaster response efforts. Our disaster response experience has included terrorist events and
natural disasters such as 9/11, Hurricane Harvey, and worldwide illnesses, such as H1N1 and
Ebola. Moreover, nothing has accelerated the need for digital transformation of the contact
center faster than COVID-19. Never have people relied on the born-digital companies we have
targeted and partnered with more. Our investments in the last few years in omnichannel
interaction hubs, at-home solutions, Intelligent Automation, and our Humanify™ platform have
proven prescient as workforces have moved to work from home to contain the spread. Our
solutions are a strong market fit for today’s conditions and a world forever changed by the
need to live “digitally” like never before.
We are well-positioned to answer the call with our proven experience, robust CXaaS platform,
and “One TTEC” end-to-end approach. The strength of our 2019 results puts us in a strong
position to face the challenges of 2020 and emerge even stronger.
On behalf of our executive team, Board of Directors, and global employee base, we thank you
for your role in TTEC’s evolution and appreciate your continued support.
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Differentiated CXaaS Platform
Our global leadership in CXaaS is demonstrated by our client list, which includes some of the
world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. For example, we serve 6 of the top 10 healthcare
payers, and the top 5 largest automotive brands. We are a trusted partner to our clients — a
partner they turn to for their most complex and challenging CX initiatives. These are clients for
whom only the highest of NPS and CSAT scores will suffice.
With our differentiated CXaaS platform, we’ve seen a continued increase in the total number
of client engagements with a unified “One TTEC” Digital & Engage solution. These holistic
engagements span the entire CX lifecycle, including consulting, technology and operations,
and enable “mission-critical outcomes” for our clients and their customers.
Building a Strong Foundation of Growth
Our track record for growth leveraging our existing client base, channel partners, and M&A was
especially prominent in 2019.
• Our hypergrowth sector, focused on born-digital, disruptive logos including fin-tech,
health-tech, and curated e-tail, in just four years is at run-rate of $300 million. New logo
wins, and the acquisition of FCR in 2019 solidified our position as a leader in serving the
brands of the future.
• We have aggressively expanded our geographic footprint into fast-growing regions. In
2019 alone, our EMEA region achieved a 73% increase in new business signings.
•
Through our Cisco channel partnership, TTEC is expanding its addressable market to
include Cisco’s millions of on-premises users. These on-premises users are eager to
migrate to the cloud, adopt more Intelligent Automation, and accelerate their digital
transformation with TTEC Digital. Overall, an estimated 10% of the market has moved to
the cloud globally, providing a runway of 20% growth per annum in this market for the
foreseeable future.
•
Both existing and future technology partnerships — such as Cisco, LivePerson, and
Pegasystems — keeps TTEC at the epicenter of a massive market opportunity, facilitating
large enterprise migration to cloud-based CX technology.
•
Since 2010, we’ve successfully executed strategic acquisitions that have delivered a set
of integrated capabilities allowing TTEC to power the experience economy. As recent
examples, we acquired FCR to give us significantly more scale with hypergrowth clients,
and we purchased Serendebyte to add more scale to our market-leading Intelligent
Automation solutions. Expect us to continue expansion through strategic acquisitions in
the years ahead.
With our differentiated
CXaaS platform, we’ve
seen a continued increase
in the total number of client
engagements with a unified
“One TTEC” Digital &
Engage solution
Our investments in
the last few years in
omnichannel interaction
hubs, at-home solutions,
Intelligent Automation, and
our Humanify™ platform
have proven prescient as
workforces have moved
to work from home to
contain the spread
On the technology front, we estimate that only 15 percent of the contact center
market has migrated to the cloud. The mid-sized and mega institutions that we
target are recognizing the need to modernize and automate their systems. Our set
of capabilities is perfectly positioned to capitalize on this mass migration in motion
and creates significant opportunity for our growth.
We see several compelling trends on the operational side as well. As CX delivery
Powering the Experience Economy Now and in the Future
becomes more complex, companies are shifting their in-house operations to
outsourced partners. They are also consolidating their CX spend with fewer trusted
The impact of COVID-19 is undeniable for all businesses. Although 2020 poses significant
leaders who have a solid balance sheet, innovative capabilities, stellar credentials
challenges, we also believe that there is great opportunity. Over the past 37 years, we have
and deep experience to meet their needs today and position them for ongoing
regularly supported first responder organizations and government entities with large-scale
success tomorrow. Our client base of highly-respected, customer-centric global
disaster response efforts. Our disaster response experience has included terrorist events and
brands are increasingly choosing TTEC.
natural disasters such as 9/11, Hurricane Harvey, and worldwide illnesses, such as H1N1 and
Ebola. Moreover, nothing has accelerated the need for digital transformation of the contact
WELL-POSITIONED FOR THE FUTURE
center faster than COVID-19. Never have people relied on the born-digital companies we have
targeted and partnered with more. Our investments in the last few years in omnichannel
In 2020 we were tested and we thrived. For our clients in their time of need, we
interaction hubs, at-home solutions, Intelligent Automation, and our Humanify™ platform have
became an engine of the virtual economy. We broke records for bookings, revenue
proven prescient as workforces have moved to work from home to contain the spread. Our
and profits. Today, we are better positioned than ever to continue capitalizing on
our strong position and market demand.
solutions are a strong market fit for today’s conditions and a world forever changed by the
need to live “digitally” like never before.
We could not have done it without our incredible employees. We’ve invested heavily
in creating an environment where our people feel engaged, empowered, and
We are well-positioned to answer the call with our proven experience, robust CXaaS platform,
inspired by their work. Our philosophy is simple. Happy employees make happy
and “One TTEC” end-to-end approach. The strength of our 2019 results puts us in a strong
customers. And happy customers translate into increased shareholder value. Just
position to face the challenges of 2020 and emerge even stronger.
this past month, we were thrilled and honored to learn that Forbes magazine
named TTEC to its America’s Best Large Employers 2021 List.
On behalf of our executive team, Board of Directors, and global employee base, we thank you
for your role in TTEC’s evolution and appreciate your continued support.
Meeting the needs of the present without compromising the future continues to be
a core value at TTEC. We believe that proactively managing environmental, social,
and governance issues as part of our business strategy is critical to our sustainable
growth. Our ESG program is built on four pillars including sustainable operations,
diversity and inclusion, philanthropy and responsible data management. These
programs are well-resourced, active and vital to our future. We live and breathe
these values every day and, as a result, it was a privilege to be named one of the
Best Companies for Diversity in 2020 by Comparably.
I, along with our incredible management team, am excited about the path ahead.
We have powerful market forces at our back, a long-standing reputation for
flawless delivery, a history of innovation, and an unrivaled customer experience
SaaS technology and services platform. Today, we have all of the necessary
ingredients to continue to accelerate our growth and margin potential beyond 2021.
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
On behalf of our executive team, Board of Directors, and our global employee base,
thank you for your continued support.
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Income from Operations and Operating Margin
(in millions)
GAAP Income from Operations
Restructuring and integration charges, net
Impairment losses
Equity-based compensation expenses
Amortization of purchased intangibles
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable from customer in bankruptcy
Writeoff of contract acquisition costs
Writeoff of value added tax due to change in foreign tax law
Non-GAAP Operating Income
Non-GAAP Operating Margin
2018
2019
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
92.1
6.1
1.5
12.1
10.7
2.7
1.4
1.0
127.6
8.5%
$
$
$
$
$
$
123.7
1.7
3.7
12.8
11.6
-
-
-
153.6
9.3%
$
$
$
$
$
$
2020
204.7
3.3
5.8
12.5
16.2
-
-
-
242.4
12.4%
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Income and Net Income per Diluted Share
(in millions except per share data)
Net Income
Add: Equity-based compensation expenses
Add: Amortization of purchased intangibles
Add: Loss on asset held for sale reclassified to asset held and used
Add: Asset restructuring and impairment charges
Add: Interest charge related to future purchase of remaining 30% for Motif acquisition
Add: Impairment of equity investment
Add: Loss on dissolution of foreign subsidiary
Less: Changes in acquisition contingent consideration
Less: Gain on sale of business units
Less: Gain on sale of trademarks
Less: Gain on recovery of receivable held by division in winddown
Less: Gain on bargain purchase of acquisition
Add: Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable from customer in bankruptcy
Add: Writeoff of contract acquisition costs
Add: Writeoff of value added tax due to change in foreign tax law
Add: Changes in valuation allowance, return to provision adjustments and other,
and tax effects of items separately disclosed above
Non-GAAP Net Income
Average diluted shares outstanding
Non-GAAP Net Income per Diluted Share
Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow
(in millions)
Net Income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Other
Net cash provided by operating activites
Less: Total Capital Expenditures
Free Cash Flow
2018
2019
2020
39.8
12.1
10.7
1.6
7.6
9.9
15.6
-
0.3)
2.0)
-
-
0.7)
2.7
1.4
1.0
14.2)
85.3
46.4
1.84
$
$
$
$
$
($
($
($
($
($
$
$
84.7
12.8
11.6
-
5.5
4.7
-
-
2.4)
1.4)
0.7)
1.4)
-
-
-
-
8.2)
105.2
46.8
2.25
$
$
$
$
$
$
($
($
($
$
$
129.3
12.5
16.2
-
9.1
6.3
-
19.9
1.8)
0.6)
-
-
-
-
-
-
11.1)
179.7
47.0
3.82
2018
2019
2020
39.8
$
84.7
$
129.3
69.2
59.4
168.3
43.5)
124.9
$
$
$
($
$
69.1
84.2
238.0
60.8)
177.2
$
$
$
($
$
78.9
63.7
271.9
59.8)
212.1
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
($
($
($
$
$
$
($
$
$
$
$
$
$
($
$
Corporate InformationDirectors Kenneth D. TuchmanFounder, Chairman of the BoardSteven J. AnenenDirector, DealerSocket; former Chief Executive Officer, CDK Global, Inc.; former President of ADP Dealer Services; former Senior Vice President of North America Systems.Tracy L. BahlFormer President and CEO, OneOncology; former Executive Vice President, Health Plans, CVS Health; former Director, MedExpress; former Executive Chairman, Emdeon; former Chief Executive Officer, UnipriseGregory A. ConleyDirector, Travelport; former Chief Executive Officer, Aha! Software; former Chief Executive Officer, Odyssey Group, SARobert N. FrerichsDirector, Wedgewood Enterprises Corporation; former International Chairman, Accenture, Inc.; former Director, Merkle, Inc.; former Chairman, Aricent Group; former Chairman, AvanadeMarc L. HoltzmanChairman, CBZ Holdings Limited; Chairman, Bank of Kigali; Director, FAT Brands Inc.; former Chief Executive Officer of Kazkommertsbank; former Director, FTI Consulting; former Chairman, Meridian Capital HK; former Vice Chairman, Barclays CapitalEkta Singh-BushellDirector, DBI, Inc.; Director, Huron Consulting Group; Director, Net 1 UEPS Technologies, Inc; Director, Datatec Limited; former Deputy to the First Vice President, Chief Operating Officer Executive Office at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; former Partner, DecisionGPS LLC; former Global Client Services Partner, Ernst & YoungAudit CommitteeGregory A. Conley, ChairmanRobert N. FrerichsEkta Singh-BushellCompensation CommitteeTracy L. Bahl, ChairmanGregory A. ConleyRobert N. Frerichs Nominating and Governance CommitteeRobert N. Frerichs, ChairmanSteven J. AnenenTracy L. BahlEkta Singh-BushellExecutive CommitteeKenneth D. Tuchman, ChairmanTracy L. BahlSteven J. AnenenStock ListingNASDAQ Global Select MarketSymbol: TTEC Websitettec.com2020 Annual Meeting of StockholdersThe Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held Wednesday, May 13, 2020, beginning at 10:00 a.m. MDT at:TTEC Holdings, Inc.Global Headquarters9197 South Peoria StreetEnglewood, CO 80112-5833Transfer Agent and RegistrarBroadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300Philadelphia, PA 19103Telephone: 855.206.5002Facsimile: 215.553.5402Email: shareholder@broadridge.comInvestor InformationInvestor information, including TTEC’s Annual Report, press releases and filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, may be obtained from TTEC’s website, teletech.com or by contacting TTEC Investor Relations at:1.800.835.3832investor.relations@ttec.comIndependent AccountantsPricewaterhouseCoopers LLPDenver, ColoradoTTEC Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: TTEC) is a leading global customer experience technology and services company focused on the design, implementation and delivery of transformative customer experience for many of the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. The Company delivers outcome-based customer engagement solutions through TTEC Digital, its digital consultancy that designs and builds human centric, tech-enabled, insight-driven customer experience solutions for clients and TTEC Engage, its delivery center of excellence, that operates customer acquisition, care, fraud prevention and detection, and content moderation services. Founded in 1982, the Company’s 49,500 employees operate on six continents across the globe and live by a set of customer-focused values that guide relationships with clients, their customers, and each other. To learn more about how TTEC is bringing humanity to the customer experience, visit www.ttec.com.Executive OfficersKenneth D. TuchmanChief Executive OfficerRegina M. PaolilloExecutive Vice President; Chief Administrative and Financial OfficerMartin F. DeGhettoExecutive Vice President; TTEC EngageJudi A. HandExecutive Vice President, Chief Revenue Officer Chandra VenkataramaniSenior Vice President, Chief Information OfficerJonathan LernerPresident, TTEC DigitalSteven C. PollemaChief Operating Officer, TTEC DigitalMargaret B. McLeanSenior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Risk OfficerMichael WellmanSenior Vice President, Chief People OfficerNick CeriseSenior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer201720182019Revenue$ 1,477.4$ 1,509.2$ 1,643.7Adjusted EBITDA$ 200.4$ 188.7$ 209.1Operating income$ 100.5$ 92.1$ 123.7Operating margin 6.8% 6.1% 7.5%EBIT$ 99.8$ 80.4$ 127.6Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders$ 7.3$ 35.8$ 77.2Average diluted shares outstanding 46.4 46.4 46.8Net income per diluted share$ 0.16$ 0.77$ 1.65Cash and cash equivalents$ 74.4$ 78.2$ 82.4Debt$ 361.3$ 304.5$ 307.5Capital expenditures$ 52.0$ 43.5$ 60.8Financial Highlights($ in millions, except per share data)2019 Revenue by Geography2019 Revenue by Segment North America Asia Pacific, Philippines & India Latin America EMEA TTEC Engage TTEC Digital20172017201920192017$1,477.42018$1,509.22019$1,643.7 $100.5 $123.7 2018$92.1 $0.16$1.652018$0.77**Includes one-time impact from enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs ActRevenue Operating IncomeNet Income Per Diluted Share64%26%6%4%81%19% Table of Contents
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-11919
TTEC Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
84-1291044
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
9197 South Peoria Street
Englewood, Colorado 80112
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(303) 397-8100
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock of TTEC Holdings, Inc., $0.01 par value per share
TTEC
NASDAQ
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements
for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☑
Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐
Smaller reporting company ☐
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued
its audit report. ☑
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
As of June 30, 2020, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were 46,682,482 shares of the registrant’s
common stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common stock that was held by non-affiliates on such date
was $842,455,243 based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on such date as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
As of February 24, 2021, there were 46,739,315 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain information required for Part III of this report is incorporated by reference to the proxy statement for the registrant’s 2021 annual meeting of
stockholders.
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
DECEMBER 31, 2020 FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION
PART I
Item 1.
Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Properties
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II.
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountants Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TTEC HOLDINGS, INC.
i
Page No.
ii
ii
1
9
22
22
23
23
24
26
29
44
47
47
47
48
48
49
49
49
49
49
52
53
F-1
CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of
the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995, relating to our operations, expected financial position, results of operation, and
other business matters that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, and projections with respect
to the future, and are not a guarantee of performance. In this report, when we use words such as “may,”
“believe,” “plan,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “would,” “could,” “target,” or similar
expressions, or when we discuss our strategy, plans, goals, initiatives, or objectives, we are making forward-
looking statements.
We caution you not to rely unduly on any forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from
those expressed in the forward-looking statements, and you should review and consider carefully the risks,
uncertainties and other factors that affect our business and may cause such differences as outlined in the
section of this report entitled “Risk Factors”. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ
materially from those indicated in the forward looking statements include, among others, are the risks related
to our business operations and strategy, including the risks related to our strategy execution in a competitive
market; our ability to innovate and introduce technologies that are sufficiently disruptive to allow us to maintain
and grow our market share; our dependance on 3rd parties for our cloud solutions, the impact of COVID-19 on
our business and our clients’ business, risks inherent in our rapid transition to a work from home environment,
the risk of accurately forecasting demand and the impact of such forecasts on our capacity utilization; our ability
to attract and retain qualified and skilled personnel at a price point that we can afford and our clients are willing
to pay; our M&A activity, including our ability to identify, acquire and properly integrate acquired businesses in
accordance with our strategy; the risks related to our technology, including cybersecurity, the reliability of our
information technology infrastructure and our ability to consistently deliver uninterrupted service to our clients;
the risk related to our international operations; the risks related to legal impact on our operations, including
rapidly changing laws that regulate our and our clients’ business, such as data privacy and data protection laws
and healthcare, financial and public sector specific regulations, our ability to comply with these laws timely, and
cost of wage and hour litigation in the United States; and risks inherent in our equity structure including our
controlling shareholder risk, and Delaware choice of dispute resolution risks.
Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date that this report is filed with the United States Securities
and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We undertake no obligation to update them, except as may be required
by applicable law. Although we believe that our forward-looking statements are reasonable, they depend on
many factors outside of our control and we can provide no assurance that they will prove to be correct.
AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION
TTEC Holdings, Inc.’s principal executive offices are located at 9197 South Peoria Street, Englewood, Colorado
80112. Electronic copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current
Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements and any amendments to these reports are available free of charge by
(i) visiting our website at http://www.ttec.com/investors/sec-filings/ or (ii) sending a written request to Investor
Relations at our corporate headquarters or to investor.relations@ttec.com. TTEC’s SEC filings are posted on
our corporate website as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish
them to, the SEC. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
You may also access any materials that we file with the SEC via the SEC’s public website at www.sec.gov.
ii
PART I
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
Our Business
TTEC Holdings, Inc. (“TTEC”, “the Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”) is a leading global customer experience as a
service (“CXaaS”) partner for many of the world’s iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government
agencies, and disruptive growth companies. TTEC helps its clients deliver frictionless customer experiences,
strengthen customer relationships, brand recognition and loyalty through personalized interactions, improve
their Net Promoter Score, customer satisfaction and quality assurance, and lower their total cost to serve by
combining innovative digital solutions with best-in-class service capabilities to enable and deliver simplified,
consistent and seamless customer experience across channels and phases of the customer lifecycle.
Our CXaaS solutions enhance our clients’ customers experience and help differentiate our clients from their
competition.
In the fast expanding direct-to-customer ("DTC") channel where experiences are everything, enterprises must
become increasingly more customer-centric, virtualized and digitally enabled to acquire, grow and maintain
customers. Our mission is to enable and accelerate our clients' path to virtual and digital transformation. We
are focused on improving the experience of our clients' customers by leveraging existing and emerging
technologies — cloud, omnichannel, analytics, artificial intelligence ("AI"), machine learning ("ML"), robotic
process automation ("RPA"), and real-time conversational messaging.
The Company reports its financial information based on two segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.
• TTEC Digital provides the CX technology services and platforms to support our clients’ customer
interaction delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, builds and operates the omnichannel
ecosystem in a cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, inclusive of fully integrating, orchestrating,
and administrating highly scalable, feature-rich CX technology applications.
• TTEC Engage provides the CX managed services to support our clients’ end-to-end customer
interaction delivery, by providing the essential CX omnichannel and application technologies, human
resources, recruiting, training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a
global scale, and engagement processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel
customer engagement, supporting customer care, customer acquisition, growth and retention, and
fraud detection and prevention services.
TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage strategically come together under our unified offering, Humanify® Customer
Experience as a Service ("CXaaS"), which drives measurable customer results for clients through the delivery
of personalized, omnichannel experiences. Our Humanify® cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem
of CX offerings, including messaging, AI, ML, RPA, analytics, cybersecurity, customer relationship management
("CRM"), knowledge management, journey orchestration and traditional voice solutions. Our end-to-end
platform differentiates us from many competitors by combining design, strategic consulting, best-in-class
technology, data analytics, process optimization, system integration and operational excellence. This unified
offering is value-oriented, outcome-based and delivered to large enterprises, governments and disruptive
growth companies on a global scale.
During fiscal 2020, the TTEC global operating platform delivered onshore, nearshore and offshore services in
20 countries on six continents -- the United States, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Costa Rica,
Germany, Greece, India, Ireland, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore,
South Africa, Thailand, and the United Kingdom – with the help of 61,000 consultants, technologists, and CX
professionals.
Our revenue for fiscal 2020 was $1.949 billion, approximately $307 million, or 16% which came from our TTEC
Digital segment and $1.642 billion, or 84%, which came from our TTEC Engage segment.
1
To improve our competitive position in a rapidly changing market and stay strategically relevant to our clients,
we continue to invest in innovation and service offerings for both mainstream and high growth disruptive
businesses, diversifying and strengthening our core customer care services with consulting, data analytics,
insights, and technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services.
We also invest to broaden our product and service capabilities, increase our global client base and industry
expertise, tailor our geographic footprint to the needs of our clients, and further scale our end-to-end integrated
solutions platform. To this end we have been highly acquisitive in the last several years, including an acquisition
in the second half of 2020 of a preferred Amazon Connect cloud contact center service provider, an acquisition
in the first quarter of 2020 of an autonomous customer experience and intelligent automation solutions provider
and an acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2019 of a provider of customer care, social media community
management, content moderation, technical support and business process solutions for rapidly growing
businesses in early stages of their lifecycle.
We have extensive expertise in the automotive, communications, financial services, national/federal and state
and local government, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, e-tail/retail, technology, travel and
transportation industries. We serve more than 300 diverse clients globally, including many of the world’s iconic
brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies, and disruptive growth companies.
Our strong balance sheet, cash flow from operations and access to debt and capital markets have historically
provided us the financial flexibility to effectively fund our organic growth, capital expenditures, strategic
acquisitions, incremental investments, and capital distributions.
We return capital to our shareholders through our dividend program. Given our cash flow generation and
balance sheet strength, we believe cash dividends, in balance with our investments in product and service
innovations, organic growth, and strategic acquisitions, align shareholder interests with the needs of the
Company. After consideration of TTEC’s performance, cash flow from operations, capital needs and the overall
liquidity of the Company, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy in 2015, with the intent
to distribute a periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our common stock. Since inception in 2015, the
Company has continued to pay a semi-annual dividend in October and April of each year in gradually increasing
amounts from $0.18 to $0.40 per common share. On December 3, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a
special one-time dividend of $2.14 per common share, payable on December 30, 2020, to shareholders of
record as of December 18, 2020. On February 25, 2021, the Board of Directors authorized a semi-annual
dividend of $0.43 per common share, payable on April 21, 2021 to shareholders of record as of April 5, 2021.
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic. Within
weeks of this announcement, travel bans, a state of emergency, quarantines, lockdowns, “shelter in place”
orders, and business restrictions and shutdowns were issued in most countries where TTEC does business.
The need to comply with these measures, which came into effect with little notice, impacted our day-to-day
operations and disrupted our business in the last month of the first quarter and second quarter of the year. As
a result, operations were suspended in some of our TTEC Engage customer experience delivery sites. Business
continuity plans were executed to transition as many employees as was reasonably possible to a work from
home environment to support the health and well-being of our employees and communities and to provide a
stable service delivery platform for our clients.
Between mid-March and mid-April 2020, we transitioned over 43,000 employees, or 80% of our employee
population, to a work from home environment. With the easing of some of the government restrictions, those
employees who were considered essential and could not operate effectively while remote returned to our brick-
and-mortar sites, but most continue to work from home.
For those sites that continue to operate, we have taken extensive measures to protect the health and safety of
our employees, in accordance with the recommendations and guidelines provided by the World Health
Organization, the U.S. and European Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the U.S. Occupational Safety
Association, and local governments in jurisdictions where our customer experience centers are located.
2
Although our business experienced the effects of COVID-19 in the first half of 2020, our implementation of
business continuity plans, rapid transition of employees to a work from home environment, and the geographic
diversification of our delivery centers allowed us to mitigate potentially more severe impacts, and positioned us
to support our commercial and public sector clients experiencing significant surge volumes of customer, patient
and citizen COVID-19 related engagement. Our COVID-19 related surge work has contributed approximately
12% of our total revenue for 2020. Although approximately 20% of our pre-COVID-19 business was comprised
of clients in industries that have been negatively impacted by the pandemic, i.e. automotive, retail and travel
and hospitality, the 2020 total revenue derived from these clients has increased approximately 10% over the
prior year period. Through the period ended December 31, 2020 the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material
adverse impact on our operational or financial results. While we expect this positive trend to continue and while
some of our COVID-19 related work has transitioned to more traditional business activities for the same clients,
there is uncertainty about our COVID-19 surge volumes and our non-COVID-19 related business. We cannot
accurately predict the severity of the economic and operational challenges of a pro-longed COVID-19 pandemic
on our clients’ businesses and its effect on the magnitude and timing of their buying decisions. Further, while
to date we have been successful in managing service delivery from our delivery sites that could not be replaced
with work from home delivery, unpredictable lockdown decisions in some jurisdictions where we do business
may continue to impact our delivery capability with little notice, thus potentially impacting our results of
operations in the future.
In March 2020, we launched multiple cost reduction, optimization, and liquidity preservation initiatives to align
our expenses with anticipated changes in revenue and increased costs related to the COVID-19 pandemic and
government mandated restriction measures. We also intensified our cash flow discipline, including working
capital management, hiring freezes, cuts in non-essential spending, suspension of merit increases and some
incentive programs, deferral of capital expenditures, where possible, and negotiations for rent concessions for
those facilities that we were unable to use during the government restrictions related to the COVID-19
pandemic. Our results of operations for 2020 permitted us to reverse most of the cost austerity measures. With
the greater adoption of our work from home solution during the COVID-19 pandemic, we also launched a
comprehensive review of our global real estate footprint to balance our commitments to physical facilities around
the globe against evolving client preferences with respect to traditional physical delivery centers and work from
home delivery. Considering the continued COVID-19 related uncertainties, we continue to remain vigilant in our
cost management.
Our Industry – Key Emerging Themes
• Accelerated Digital and Virtual Transformation – Before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, leading
organizations were already transforming to a more digitized, virtualized future. The pandemic and
related impacts on access to products and services and how organizations manage their customer
interactions, exposed significant customer interaction technology and delivery deficiencies for many
organizations across the world that were not digitized or agile enough to adequately support their
customers. Organizations’ front-line operations and customer support infrastructure were too brick-and-
mortar focused with limited non-voice digital customer interaction alternatives. Organizations are
recognizing the growing importance for increased virtual delivery solutions and expanded and
enhanced digital omnichannel capabilities. This development is expected to create accelerated demand
for our demonstrated suite of CX product and service offerings to enable and support this
transformation.
• Direct-to-Consumer (“DTC”) Revolution - The DTC revolution has created a new generation of
disruptive brands with few barriers to entry. These emerging brands thrive on emotional connection
and authentic customer relationships relying on trusted influencers and personalized service to win the
hearts and minds of a growing customer base, one that requires an on-demand, curated buying
experience. We believe DTC can enhance the value we provide to our clients as we design, build and
operate our clients’ digital customer experience.
3
• Evolution of Customer Behavior and CX Imperative - Yesterday's customer service experience is being
replaced by today's direct experience, where brands deliver a personalized end-to-end journey. As
customers become more connected and share their experiences across a variety of social channels,
the quality of the experience has a greater impact on brand loyalty and business performance.
Customers are increasingly shaping their attitudes, behaviors and willingness to recommend or stay
with a brand based on the totality of their experience, including not only the superiority of the product
or service, but also the quality of their ongoing service and support interactions. Given the strong
correlation between high customer satisfaction and improved profitability, companies are increasingly
focused on selecting partners who can deliver an integrated, insights-driven strategy, service and
technology solution that increases the lifetime value of a customer.
• CX Technology is Migrating to the Cloud - Cloud investment is expected to continue to grow
significantly. The adoption of cloud technology to deliver omnichannel and other customer experience
technology is still in its infancy. Our clients are embracing cloud-based CX technology solutions in a
manner similar to how they seek cost-effective architecture and rapid deployment across other parts of
their operations.
• Enterprises are Consolidating Partners - An increasing percentage of companies are consolidating their
customer engagement wallet with a few select partners who can deliver measurable business
outcomes by offering an integrated, technology-enabled solution. Companies will continue to
consolidate with partners like TTEC that have demonstrated expertise in increasing brand value by
delivering holistic, integrated customer-centric solutions spanning the entire customer experience
journey, instead of inefficiently linking together a series of multiple point solutions.
• CX Delivery Shifting from Brick-and-Mortar to Work From Home – COVID-19 accelerated the shift of
customer experience delivery from brick-and-mortar to work from home. While we expect a portion of
work from home delivery to shift back to brick-and-mortar post-pandemic, a higher portion of delivery
will remain in work from home locations than pre-pandemic.
Our Strategy
We aim to grow our revenue and profitability by focusing on our core customer engagement operational
capabilities, linking them to higher margin, insights and technology-enabled platforms and managed services
to drive a superior experience for our clients’ customers. To that end we continually strive to:
• Build deeper, more strategic relationships with existing global clients to drive enduring, transformational
change within their organizations;
• Pursue new clients who lead their respective industries and who are committed to customer
engagement as a differentiator;
•
Invest in our global sales leadership team at both the segment level to improve collaboration and speed-
to-market and consultative sales level to deliver more integrated, strategic, and transformational
solutions;
• Expand into new geographic markets that give us access to new customers and partners;
• Execute strategic acquisitions that further complement and expand our integrated solutions;
•
Invest in technology-enabled platforms and innovation through technology advancements, broader and
globally protected intellectual property, and process optimization, and
• Work within our technology partner ecosystem to deliver best in class solutions with expanding
intellectual property through value-add applications, integrations, services and solutions.
Our Integrated Service Offerings and Business Segments
We provide strategic value and differentiation through our two business segments: TTEC Digital and
TTEC Engage.
4
TTEC Digital provides the CX technology services and platforms to support our clients’ customer interaction
delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, builds and operates the omnichannel ecosystem in a cloud, on
premise, or hybrid environment, and fully integrates, orchestrates, and administers highly scalable, feature-rich
CX technology applications. These solutions are critical to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for
our clients.
• Technology Services: Our technology services design, integrate and operate highly scalable, digital
omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, including journey
orchestration, automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity.
• Professional Services: Our management consulting practices deliver customer experience strategy,
analytics, process optimization, and learning and performance services.
TTEC Engage delivers the CX managed services to support our clients’ end-to-end customer interaction
delivery, by providing the essential CX omnichannel and application technologies, human resources, recruiting,
training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a global scale, and engagement
processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel customer engagement, supporting customer
care, customer acquisition, growth and retention, and fraud detection and prevention services.
• Customer Acquisition Services: Our customer growth and acquisition services optimize the buying
journeys for acquiring new customers by leveraging technology and analytics to deliver personal
experiences that increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.
• Customer Care Services: Our customer care services provide turnkey contact center solutions,
including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and operational
expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints.
• Fraud Prevention Services: Our digital fraud detection and prevention services proactively identify and
prevent fraud and provide community content moderation and compliance.
Based on our clients’ preference, we provide our services on an integrated cross-business segment and/or on
a discrete basis.
Additional information with respect to our segments and geographic footprint is included in Part II, Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our Competitive Strengths
TTEC is an industry leader in CX by leveraging the following competitive strengths:
• Humanify® Technology Platform and Insights-Driven Technology Solutions - Innovation has been a
priority since our inception almost 40 years ago. Our dedication and investment in transforming our
business has differentiated our solutions portfolio and increased the value we deliver to our clients
across the CX continuum. Our Humanify® Technology Platform delivers an ecosystem of integrated CX
applications, including omnichannel contact center platforms, the largest CRMs and ERP’s as well as
innovative technology solutions that we fully integrate into our clients' broader technology systems. The
platform is based on secure, scalable public and private data centers, in both pure cloud, on premise,
and hybrid environments. This architecture enables us to centralize and standardize our global delivery
capabilities, resulting in scalability and improved quality of delivery for our clients, as well as lowering
capital and information technology operating costs.
5
Fundamental to our platforms is our network of global data centers which provide an integrated suite
of voice and data routing, workforce management, quality monitoring, business analytics, storage, and
infrastructure security and fault-tolerance capabilities, enabling seamless operations from locations
around the globe. This ‘hub and spoke model’ enables us to provide services at a competitive cost
while delivering scalability, reliability, regulatory compliance and asset utilization across the full suite of
our service offerings. It also provides effective redundancy for a timely response to system interruptions
and outages due to natural disasters, grid downtime, and other conditions outside of our control.
Importantly, this broad-based platform has accelerated our time to market foundation for new,
innovative offerings such as TTEC's cloud based Humanify® Operations/Insights Platform, Humanify®
@Home for remote omnichannel agents, and our suite of human capital solutions.
Further, our Humanify® Technology Platforms leverage reference architectures for multiple solutions
whether we are operating the platforms and the services, implementing customized platforms for
clients, or providing advanced managed services and continuous and automated development
environments. They also provide clients with secure and compliant solutions for regional (e.g., the
European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), or the California Consumer Protection
Act (“CCPA”)), industry (e.g., the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI”), or the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HITRUST”)), or client specific standards (e.g. FedRamp
or FISMA).
•
Innovative Human Capital Strategies - Our global, highly trained employee base is crucial to the
success of our business. We have made significant investments in proprietary technologies and
management tools, methodologies and training processes in the areas of virtual and non-virtual talent
acquisition, learning services, knowledge management, workforce engagement and collaboration and
performance optimization. These capabilities are the culmination of almost four decades of experience
in managing a large, global workforce combined with the latest technology, innovation and strategies
in the field of human capital management. This capability has enabled us to deliver a scalable and
flexible workforce that is highly engaged in achieving and exceeding our clients' expectations.
• Robust Technology Partner Ecosystem - Our strategic alliances with important digital channel partners
enable our clients to deliver high-impact, personalized customer experiences more efficiently. We go
to market with our Humanify® cloud offering with our key strategic partners including Cisco, LivePerson,
Pega and Amazon to continue to fuel AI-powered digital transformation.
• Globally Deployed Best Operating Practices - Globally deployed best operating practices help us
deliver a consistent, scalable, high-quality experience to our clients' customers from any of our 83 global
customer delivery centers and geographically disbursed work-from-home associate base.
Standardized processes include our approach to attracting, screening, hiring, training, scheduling,
evaluating, coaching and maximizing associate performance to meet our clients' needs. We also
provide real-time reporting and analytics on performance across the globe to help ensure transparency
and consistency of delivery. This information provides valuable insight into what is driving customer
inquiries, enabling us to proactively recommend process changes that optimize the customer
experience.
Clients
We develop long-term relationships with clients globally, including many of the worlds’ iconic brands, Fortune
1000 companies, government agencies, and disruptive growth companies. These organizations are in customer
intensive industries or sectors, whose complexities and customer focus requires a partner that can quickly
design and build integrated technology and data-enabled services, often on a global scale. In 2020, our top five
and ten clients represented 40% and 53% of total revenue, respectively.
6
In several of our offerings across TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage, we enter into long-term relationships that
provide us with a more predictable recurring revenue stream. In our TTEC Digital segment, our CX cloud and
managed services technology solution contracts have an average three-year term with penalties in the case a
client terminates for convenience. In our TTEC Engage segment, most of our contracts can be terminated for
convenience by either party, but our relationships with our top five clients have ranged from 14 to 21 years
including multiple programs and contract renewals for several of these clients. In 2020, we had a 111% revenue
retention rate for the TTEC Engage segment, versus 102% in 2019.
Certain of our communications clients provide us with telecommunication services through arm’s length
negotiated transactions. These clients currently represent approximately 8% of our total annual revenue.
Expenditures under these supplier contracts represent less than one percent of our total operating costs.
Competition
We are a leading global customer experience technology and services partner for many of the world’s most
iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies, and disruptive growth companies. Our
competitors vary by geography and business segment, and range from large multinational corporations to
smaller, narrowly focused enterprises. Across our lines of business, the principal competitive factors include:
client relationships, technology and process innovation, integrated solutions, digital and virtual delivery
capabilities, operational performance and efficiencies, pricing, brand recognition and financial strength.
Our strategy in maintaining market leadership is to invest, innovate and provide integrated value-driven
services, all centered around customer engagement management. Today, we are executing on a more
expansive, holistic strategy by transforming our business into higher-value offerings through organic
investments and strategic acquisitions. As we execute, we are differentiating ourselves in the marketplace and
entering new markets that introduce us to an expanded competitive landscape.
In our TTEC Digital segment, we primarily compete with smaller pure play technology and service providers
and divisions of multinational companies, including Five9, LivePerson, 8x8, InContact, Twilio, EPAM, Endava,
Globant, GlobalLogic, Accenture, Cognizant, Infosys, among others.
In our TTEC Engage segment, we primarily compete with in-house customer management operations as well
as other companies that provide customer care services including: Teleperformance, Telus, Concentrix,
TaskUs, 24-7 Intouch, Sykes, Webhelp, Accenture, Genpact, Exl, among others.
Research, Innovation, Intellectual Property and Proprietary Technology
We recognize the value of innovation in our business and are committed to developing leading-edge
technologies and proprietary solutions. Research and innovation have been a major factor in our success and
we believe that they will continue to contribute to our growth in the future. We use our investment in research
and development to create, commercialize and deploy innovative business strategies and high-value
technology solutions.
We deliver value to our clients through, and our success in part depends on, certain proprietary technologies
and methodologies. We leverage U.S. and foreign patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws as well
as confidentiality, proprietary information non-disclosure agreements, and key staff non-competition
agreements to protect our proprietary technology.
As of December 31, 2020, we had 3 patent applications pending; and also hold 84 U.S. and non-U.S. patents
in 11 jurisdictions that we leverage in our operations and as marketplace differentiation for our service offerings.
Our trade name, logos and names of our proprietary solution offerings are protected by their historic use and,
in addition, by trademarks and service marks registered in 21 jurisdictions.
7
Human Capital Resources
Headcount Information: As of December 31, 2020, TTEC had 61,000 employees, approximately 1,300 of whom
are CX professionals serving TTEC Digital clients and approximately 59,700 of whom serve TTEC Engage
clients. Approximately 46% of TTEC employees are located in the United States, 38% are based in Asia-Pacific
region, 8% are located in Central and South America, 4% are based in India, and 3% are based in Europe,
Middle East and Africa and 1% are based in Canada. After the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in the second
quarter of 2020, we have seen a rapid growth of our employee population in the United States. Between the
start of the second quarter and end of fiscal year 2020, our U.S. based employee population increased from
17,000 to 27,900 with most employees working remotely.
Development and Training: The attraction, development and retention of our employees is important to TTEC’s
success. To support advancement of our employees and prepare them for demands of rapidly changing
workplace and client requirements we offer an extensive career focused curriculum. The pressures of COVID-
19 pandemic notwithstanding, in 2020 we made significant investments in our talent management platform,
TTEC University, that includes a library of more than 8,000 courses that cover topics important to general
business acumen ranging from business operations, leadership, ethics, finance, negotiations, and project
management to subject-matter specific professional and technical curriculum. TTEC development programs
help identify top performers, improve employee retention, and create promotion-from-within opportunities in the
Company. In 2020, TTEC launched the Talent Accelerator Program (“TAP”) designed to identify and attract
new talent and prepare them for success within our organization. The program recruits recently graduated
candidates with diverse backgrounds ranging for technology to humanities who undergo a three-year
specialized training and rotation through all business functions and segments in our organization. Program
participants gain experience in finance, risk, human capital, IT, communication, marketing, sales, and
operations, becoming fully immersed in the day-to-day operations of the business. Once the program is
completed, the TAP participants will be equipped with knowledge and experience necessary to progress as a
manager in the Company.
Diversity & Inclusion: TTEC believes that our culture of diversity and inclusion enables us to create, develop
and leverage the strengths of our employee population to align with our client expectations and enable the
Company’s growth objectives. To achieve our objectives, TTEC formed the Diversity Council that combines
representatives from TTEC’s different business segments and geographies who bring a diverse mix of
backgrounds and perspectives. The Diversity Council includes special affinity groups representation such as
Women in Leadership and Black Leadership Council to help unify us and make us stronger as one team.
Our Diversity Council is a critical driver in fostering organizational change, establishing a dedicated focus on
diversity, equity, and inclusion priorities identifying best practices and new opportunities, increasing awareness
and education, providing leadership opportunities within TTEC to traditionally underrepresented employees, as
well as holding the organization accountable in driving a culture that realizes TTEC’s vision of ‘bringing humanity
to business’. The Company has adopted several metrics that focus on ensuring accountability for progress in
diversity. The CEO, members of TTEC executive leadership team and other senior leaders have diversity and
inclusion objectives embedded in their annual performance goals. As of December 31, 2020, 59% of the
Company’s global workforce was female and 51% of employees in supervisory roles were female. As of
December 31, 2020, 54% of the U.S. workforce were people of color and 34% of employees in supervisory
roles were people of color.
Competitive Pay/Benefits and Pay for Performance Philosophy: TTEC compensation programs are designed
to align compensation of our employees to market, and to provide appropriate incentives to attract, retain and
motivate employees to achieve exceptional results for our clients and our shareholders. Our pay-for-
performance philosophy aligns our compensation with TTEC’s performance and with the returns that our
stockholders receive from their investment in the Company. Further, TTEC provides employees with a
comprehensive benefits program that includes nicotine abatement, mental health initiatives, and overall
wellness programs to support employees’ physical, emotional, and financial health.
8
Workplace Safety: The health and safety of our employees is one of our highest priorities. Our business’s
success depends on protecting our employees, visitors, clients and facilities, and we rely on our employees to
help us meet our safety and security standards. TTEC employees are required to complete health and safety
training when they join the Company and they are encouraged to report any concerns about safety in their work
environment. This employee empowerment initiative launched in 2018 and the shift to working from home during
the pandemic, lead to a reduction to our injuries at work of approximately 65% by year end 2020.
Our commitment to safety was more important than ever in 2020 when we had to change how we work to
address COVID-19 pandemic. We took rapid measures across our business segments and geographies to
transition most of our employees to a work from home environment. For the sites that provided essential
services and had to remain operational during the pandemic, we invested approximately $5.6 million into
enhanced sanitation and safety protocols including increased cleaning frequency, added signage and
workstation reconfiguration for social distancing, personal protective equipment, contact tracing, shuttle
services, and automated health attestations.
Retention and Turnover: At TTEC, our employees are at the core of everything we do, and our people strategy
centers around their experience as part of our team. Since TTEC Engage segment of our business is people
intensive, retention and reduction in turnover is a priority important to the financial results of our operations. Our
turnover reduction efforts focus on market pay, trained management teams, development programs, career
mobility, communication and the work environment and company culture that make an employee feel engaged,
rewarded, appreciated, informed, and fulfilled in the organization.
Employee Engagement: To assess and improve employee engagement, we conduct annual employee pulse
and Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) surveys. We take action to address areas of employee concerns raised in the
surveys and reinforce activities that employees tell us encourage them to stay with the Company and
recommend the Company as an employer of choice to others. In recent years, approximately 35,000 employees
completed our employee NPS survey. TTEC’s overall employee engagement score exceeded Gallup’s reported
best in-class ratings.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider
the risks and uncertainties discussed in this section when evaluating our business. If any of these risks or
uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations (including revenue,
profitability and cash flows) could be materially and adversely affected, and the market price of our stock could
decline.
RISK RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND OUR STRATEGY
If we are unsuccessful in implementing our business strategy, our long-term business and financial
prospects could be affected
Our growth strategy is based on continuous diversification of our business beyond contact center customer
care outsourcing to an integrated CXaaS platform that unites innovative and disruptive technologies, CX
consulting, data analytics, client growth solutions, and customer experience focused system design and
integration enabled through industry focused client relationships, continuous technology innovation, scaled
delivery footprint, CX partner ecosystem, and strategic M&A. Failure to successfully implement our business
strategy and effectively respond to changes in market dynamics may impact our financial results of operations.
Our investments in technologies and integrated solution development may not lead to increased revenue and
profitability. If we are not successful in creating value from these investments, there could be a negative impact
on our operating results and financial condition.
9
Our markets are highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively
The markets where we offer our services are highly competitive. Our future performance is largely dependent
on our ability to compete successfully in markets we currently serve, while expanding into new, profitable
markets. We compete with large multinational service providers; offshore service providers from lower-cost
jurisdictions that offer similar services, often at highly competitive prices and aggressive contract terms; niche
solution providers that compete with us in specific geographic markets, industry segments or service areas;
companies that utilize new, potentially disruptive technologies or delivery models, including artificial intelligence
powered solutions; and in-house functions of large companies that use their own resources, rather than
outsourcing the customer care and customer experience services we provide. Some of our competitors have
greater financial or marketing resources than we do and, therefore, may be better able to compete.
Further, the continuing trend of consolidation among business process outsourcing competitors may result in
new competitors with greater scale, a broader footprint, better technologies, or efficiencies that may be attractive
to our clients and impact our business. If we are unable to compete successfully and provide our clients with
superior service and solutions at competitive prices, we could lose market share and clients to competitors,
which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
If we cannot adapt our service offerings to changes in technology and market expectations, our ability
to grow and our results of operations may be affected
Our growth and profitability will depend on our ability to develop and adopt new technologies that expand our
existing offerings by leveraging new trends in technology and cost efficiencies in our operations, while meeting
rapidly evolving client expectations. As technology evolves, more tasks currently performed by our agents may
be replaced by automation, robotics, artificial intelligence, chatbots and other technology solutions, which puts
our lower-skill tier one customer care offerings at risk. These technology innovations could potentially reduce
our business volumes and related revenues, unless we are successful in adapting and deploying technology
profitably.
We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to our client expectations and interests in adopting
evolving technology solutions, and their integration in our offerings may not achieve the intended enhancements
or cost reductions. Services and technologies offered by our competitors may make our service offerings not
competitive, or even obsolete, and may negatively impact our clients’ interest in our offerings. Our failure to
innovate, maintain technological advantages, or respond effectively and timely to transformational changes in
technology could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our cloud solutions are technology vendor dependent, which may impact our ability to grow and our
results of operations
Our cloud service solutions are based on third-party technologies and our relationships with these solution
partners. If these technology providers do not continue to evolve their offerings to stay competitive in the rapidly
changing cloud technologies market, if cloud platforms offered by others become more competitive, or if our
cloud solution partners do not continue their partnership with TTEC, our financial results of operations could be
materially impacted.
While our business has not been materially adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic to date, it
may be impacted in the future due to the resurgence of the virus, or impact of the pandemic on our
clients’ businesses
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic. Within
weeks of this announcement, travel bans, the state of emergency, quarantines, lockdowns, “shelter in place”
orders, and business restrictions and shutdowns were issued in most countries where TTEC does business.
These restrictions eased during the summer of 2020, but recent increases in the rates of COVID-19 infections
and the emergence of new variants of the virus around the globe are leading to reinstatements of some of the
restrictions that we experienced in 2020. The COVID-19 vaccine roll-out has been challenged in many parts of
the world where TTEC does business. While TTEC was able to adjust to the earlier impacts of the pandemic
without material adverse impacts to our business in 2020, we are unable to accurately predict the full impact
the COVID-19 pandemic, and measures being taken to respond to its effects, will have on our results of
operations, financial condition, liquidity, and cash flows due to numerous uncertainties in the future.
10
The operations of some of our clients, especially our clients in travel, hospitality, retail, and automotive
industries, have been materially impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and restrictions on travel and people’s
mobility around the globe. Approximately 20% of our revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 was
generated from the clients in these affected industries. On-going travel restrictions and large-scale
unemployment that resulted from government-mandated restrictions on businesses around the globe are likely
to continue to affect certain of our clients and their business volumes in 2021 and beyond. Although our revenue
from these clients did not decrease, but actually grew in 2020 as they invested in their customer relationships
to adjust to the changing business realities, there can be no assurance that this revenue will not be impacted
on a going forward basis. We may also experience payment defaults or bankruptcy of some of our clients, which
could also have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.
The COVID-19 pandemic and global government-mandated restrictions on business adopted to contain it, are
resulting in what is likely to be an extended global economic downturn, which could affect demand for our
services and impact our results of operations and financial condition, even after the pandemic is contained and
the business restrictions are lifted.
As our work from home delivery grows, our operations are subject to new untested risks
In connection with COVID-19 pandemic, TTEC expanded its work from home environment and transitioned
approximately 80% of our global workforce to work remotely from home; and most employees that we hired in
2020 were hired to work from home. Although some of these employees will return to conventional delivery
sites and offices, once pandemic is under control, many of our employees may continue to work remotely for
the foreseeable future. Certain jurisdictions where we do business have regulations specific to work from home,
which add complexity and cost to our service delivery. Some of the services we provide are subject to stringent
regulatory requirements, and our inability to continuously observe how our agents deliver services when
working from home may impact our compliance. Service delivery from home, in certain of our lines of business,
may also expose TTEC, our clients, and their customers to a heighten risk of fraud. Employees who work from
home rely on residential communication networks and internet providers that may not be as resilient as
commercial networks and providers and may be more susceptible to service interruptions and cyberattacks
than commercial systems; which may also make our enterprise information technology systems, when
interfacing with these residential environments, vulnerable. Our business continuity and disaster recovery plans,
which have been historically developed and tested with focus on centralized delivery locations, may not work
effectively in a distributed work from home delivery model, where weather impacts, network and power grid
downtime may be difficult to manage and where system redundancies are not possible. Over the years, TTEC
established strong operating and administrative controls over our business; and our controls, designed for brick-
and-mortar environment, may not always provide effective safeguards for a large-scale work from home delivery
model. We may not be effective in timely updating our existing controls nor implementing new controls, tailored
to the work from home environment. For these and other reasons, our clients may be unwilling to continue to
allow us to deliver our services remotely. If we are unable to manage our work from home environment
effectively to address these and other risks unique to remote service delivery or if we cannot maintain client
confidence in our work from home environment, our reputation and results of operations may be impacted.
Remote work by majority of our employee population for an extended period of time may impact TTEC culture,
and employee engagement with our company, which could affect productivity and our ability to retain employees
who are critical to our operations and may increase our costs and impact our financial results of operations.
11
Our inability to forecast demand, staffing levels, sites and work from home delivery mix could impact
our financial results of operations
Predicting customer demand, making timely staffing level decisions, investments in our customer engagement
centers work from home technology environment, are important to our successful execution and profitability
maximization. We can provide no assurance that we will continue to be able to achieve or maintain desired
customer engagement center site capacity utilization and work from home delivery mix, because quarterly
variations in client volumes and client sentiment toward work from home delivery, can have a material adverse
effect on our delivery platform and our utilization rates. The use of utilization rate as a meaningful metric for
business process outsourcing organizations is undergoing a review in light of the changes to the business
introduced by COVID-19 pandemic and transition of customer engagement center employees to work from
home. If our utilization rates are below expectations, because of our high fixed costs of operation, our financial
conditions and results of operations could be adversely affected.
The social distancing rules and other government mandates that continue during the sustained pandemic
impacted the structure and configuration of our large-scale facilities, where employees work in close proximity.
These new regulatory requirements forced TTEC to make investments to reconfigure our existing customer
engagement centers and to accept lower capacity utilization than the utilization priced under our multi-year
contracts. If we are unable to renegotiate our contracts to recoup these additional costs, manage these costs
by continuing to maintain a large work at home delivery platform, or adjust our cost structure to absorb them,
our margins and profitability will be impacted and will result in adverse impact on our results of operations.
A large portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of clients and the loss of one or more
of these clients could adversely affect our business
We rely on strategic, long-term relationships with large, global companies in targeted industries and certain
agencies of the United States and state and local governments. As a result, we derive a substantial portion of
our revenue from relatively few clients. Our five and ten largest clients collectively represented 40% and 53%
of our revenue in 2020 with one client over 10%.
We have multiple engagements with our largest clients and all contracts are unlikely to terminate at the same
time, the contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2021 and 2023 and there can be no assurance
that these contracts will continue to be renewed at all or be renewed on favorable terms. While our ongoing
sales and marketing activities aim to add new opportunities with existing and new commercial and public sector
clients, there can be no assurances that such additional work can be secured nor that it would yield financial
benefits comparable to expiring contracts. The loss of all or part of major clients’ business could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, if the loss of revenue is not
replaced with profitable business from other clients.
We serve clients in industries that have historically experienced a significant level of consolidation. If one of our
clients is acquired (including by another of our clients) our business volumes and revenue may materially
decrease due to the termination or phase out of an existing client contract, volume discounts, or other contract
concessions which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
If we cannot recruit, hire, train, and retain qualified employees to respond to client demands at the right
price point, our business will be adversely affected
Our business is labor intensive and our ability to recruit and train employees with the right skills, at the right
price point, and in the timeframe required by our client commitments is critical to achieving our growth objective.
Demand for qualified personnel with multi-language capabilities and fluency in English may exceed supply.
While we invest in employee retention, our industry is known for high employee turnover and are continuously
recruiting and training replacement staff.
We sign multi-year client contracts that are priced based on prevailing labor rates in jurisdictions where we
deliver services. In the United States, however, our business is confronted with a patchwork of ever-changing
minimum wage, mandatory time off, and rest and meal break laws at the state and local levels. As these
jurisdiction-specific laws change with little notice or grace period for transition, we often have no opportunity to
adjust and change how we do business nor pass cost increases to our clients.
12
The United States and other governments in jurisdictions where we hire employees adopted income support
measures aimed at supporting citizens who lost their jobs due to COVID-19 pandemic. The individuals who
benefit from these income support measures may be attractive employment prospects for TTEC, but COVID-
19 enhanced unemployment benefits in some jurisdictions where we hire, may exceed local prevailing wages
and may make it more difficult for us to hire a sufficient number of employees to deliver our contractual
commitments.
The frequent changes in the laws, inconsistencies in laws across different jurisdictions, COVID-19 income
support measures, and a possible federal government mandate for a $15/hour wage, supported by the Biden
administration with the presumptive support of both houses of Congress, may result in higher costs, lower
contract profitability, higher turnover, and reduced operational efficiencies, which could, in the aggregate, have
material adverse impact on our results of operations.
Our sales cycles for new client relationships, for new lines of business with existing clients, and for
public sector clients can be long, which results in a long lead time before we receive revenue
We often face a long selling cycle to secure contracts with new clients or contracts for new lines of business
with existing clients. When we are successful in securing a new engagement, it is generally followed by a long
implementation period when clients must give notice to incumbent service providers or transfer in-house
operations to us. There may also be a long ramp up period before we commence our services, and for certain
contracts we receive no revenue until we start performing the work. If we are not successful in obtaining
contractual commitments after the initial prolonged sales cycle, or in maintaining the contractual relationship for
a period of time necessary to offset new project investment costs and appropriate return on that investment,
the investments may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Our growth strategy includes the expansion of our offerings to public sector clients. The procurement process
for government entities is often more challenging than contracting in the private sector and is different from our
standard Engage and Digital business practices, including upfront investment to position for opportunities and
respond to requests for proposal. If we are unable to manage our public sector business development effectively
and are not successful in winning work, despite the investment we make, our private sector work can adversely
impact our results of operations.
Our growth of operations and geographic footprint expansion could strain our resources and negatively
impact our business
We plan to continue growing our business through the growth of clients’ wallet share, increasing sales efforts,
geographic expansion, and strategic acquisitions, while maintaining tight controls on our expenses and
overhead. Lean overhead functions combined with focused growth may place a strain on our management
systems, infrastructure, and resources, resulting in internal control failures, missed opportunities, and staff
attrition. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our brand business, financial condition, and results of
operations could be adversely affected.
Contract terms typical in our industry can lead to volatility in our revenue and in our margins
Many of our TTEC Engage contracts require clients to provide monthly forecasts of volumes, but no guaranteed
or minimum volume or revenue levels. Such forecasts vary from month to month, which can impact our staff
and space utilizations, our cost structure, and our profitability.
Many of our contracts have termination for convenience clauses with short notice periods and no guarantees
of minimum revenue levels or profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operation.
If a client terminates a contract or materially reduces customer interaction volumes, it could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations and makes it harder to make projections.
13
We may not always offset increased costs with increased fees under long-term contracts. The pricing and other
terms of our client contracts, particularly on our long-term service agreements, are based on estimates and
assumptions we make at contact inception. These estimates reflect our best judgments regarding the nature of
the engagement and our expected costs to provide the contracted services, but these judgments could differ
from actual results. Not all our contracts allow for escalation of fees as our cost of operations increase.
Moreover, those that do allow for such escalations do not always allow increases at rates comparable to
increases that we experience due to rising minimum wage costs, related payroll cost increases, and increased
costs of work from home environment, not offset by reduction in physical footprint due to long term lease
commitments. If and to the extent we do not negotiate long-term contract terms that provide for fee adjustments
to reflect increases in our cost-of-service delivery, our business, financial conditions, and results of operation
could be materially impacted.
We provide service level commitments to certain customers. If we do not meet these contractual commitments,
we could be obligated to provide credits or refunds or face contract terminations, which could adversely affect
our revenue and harm our reputation.
Our pricing depends on effectiveness of our level of effort forecasts. Pricing of our services in our digital
business is contingent on our ability to accurately forecast the level of effort and cost necessary to deliver our
services, which is data dependent and can be inaccurate. The errors in level of effort estimations could yield
lower profit margins or cause projects to become unprofitable, resulting in adverse impacts on our results of
operations.
We routinely consider strategic transactions and may enter into such transactions any time and such
transactions may negatively impact our business and create unanticipated risks
We continuously analyze strategic opportunities that we believe could provide value for our stockholders, and
have acquisitions, divestitures, and potential business combinations in various stages of active review. There
can be no assurances, however, that we will be able to identify strategic transaction opportunities that
complement our strategy and are available at valuation levels accretive to our business.
Even if we are successful in identifying and executing these transactions, they may subject our business to
risks that could impact our results of operation, including:
•
inability to integrate acquired companies effectively and realize anticipated synergies and benefits from
the acquisitions;
• diversion of management’s attention to the integration of the acquired businesses at the expense of
delivering results for the legacy business;
inability to appropriately scale critical resources to support the business of the expanded enterprise and
other unforeseen challenges of operating the acquired business as part of TTEC’s operations;
inability to retain key employees of the acquired businesses and/or inability of such key employees to
be effective as part of TTEC operations;
impact of liabilities or ethical issues of the acquired businesses undiscovered or underestimated as part
of the acquisition due diligence;
failure to realize anticipated growth opportunities from a combined business, because existing and
potential clients may be unwilling to consolidate business with a single service provider or to stay with
the acquirer post acquisition;
impacts of cash on hand and debt incurred to finance acquisitions, thus reducing liquidity for other
significant strategic objectives;
inadequate or ineffective internal controls, disclosure controls, corruption prevention policies, human
resources and other key policies and practices of the acquired companies;
reduced revenue and income and resultant stock price impact due to divestiture transactions.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
While we consider these transactions to improve our business, financial results, and shareholder value over
time, there can be no assurance that our goals will be realized.
14
Increases in the cost of communication and data services or significant interruptions in such services
could adversely affect our business
Our business is significantly dependent on internet, data, and telephone services provided by various domestic
and foreign communication companies. Any disruption of these services could adversely affect our business.
We have taken steps to mitigate our exposure to service disruptions by investing in complex and multi-layered
redundancies focused on our customer engagement center locations, and we can transition service delivery
among our different customer engagement centers around the world. Despite these efforts, and especially in
light of the recent transition of a large portion of our delivery to a work from home environment where
conventional redundancies strategies are ineffective, there can be no assurance that the redundancies we have
in place would be sufficient to maintain operations without disruption.
Our inability to obtain communication and data services at favorable rates could negatively affect our results of
operations. Where possible, we have entered into long-term contracts with various providers to mitigate short
term rate increases and fluctuations. There is no obligation, however, for the vendors to renew their contracts
with us, or to offer the same or lower rates in the future, and such contracts may be subject to termination or
modification for various reasons outside of our control. A significant increase in the cost of communication
services that is not recoverable through an increase in the price of our services could adversely affect our
business.
The current trend to outsource customer care may not continue and the prices that clients are willing
to pay for the services may diminish, adversely affecting our business
Our growth depends, in large part, on the willingness of our clients and potential clients to outsource customer
care and management services to companies like TTEC. There can be no assurance that the customer care
outsourcing trend will continue; and our clients and potential clients may elect to perform in-house customer
care and management services that they currently outsource. Reduction in demand for our services and
increased competition from other providers and in-house service alternatives could create pricing pressures
and excess capacity that would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of
operations.
Our profitability could suffer if our cost-management strategies are unsuccessful
Our ability to improve or maintain our profitability is dependent on our ability to engage in continuous
management of our costs. Our cost management strategies include optimizing the alignment between the
demand for our services and our resource capacity, including our customer engagement centers’ utilization;
investment in our work from home environment; the costs of service delivery; the cost of sales and general and
administrative costs as a percentage of revenues; and the use of process automation for standard operating
tasks. Our ongoing cost management measures must be balanced against the need for investment to support
our growth, technology transformation in our business, and increasing cybersecurity threats. If we are not
effective in managing our operating and administrative costs in response to changes in demand and pricing for
our services, if we manage our costs at the expense of investments necessary to grow and protect our business,
or if we are unable to absorb or pass on to our clients the increases in our costs of operations, our results of
operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our profitability may be adversely affected if we are unable to expand and maintain service delivery in
countries with stable wage rates and launch operations in new delivery locations required by our clients
Our business is labor-intensive and therefore cost of wages, benefits, and related taxes constitute a large
component of our operating expenses. As a result, our growth is dependent upon our ability to maintain and
expand our operations in cost-effective locations, in and outside of the United States.
Our clients often dictate locations from where they wish for us to serve their customers, such as “near shore”
jurisdictions located in close proximity to the U.S., to a headquarter location of the client, or in specific locations
elsewhere in the world. There is no assurance that we will be able to effectively launch operations in jurisdictions
which meet our cost-effectiveness, labor availability, and security standards. Our inability to expand our
operations to such locations, however, may impact our ability to secure new clients and additional business
from existing clients, and could adversely affect our growth and results of operations.
15
Intellectual property infringement may adversely impact our ability to innovate and compete
Our intellectual property may not always receive favorable treatment from the United States Patent and
Trademark Office, the European Patent Office, or similar foreign intellectual property adjudication and
registration agencies; and our “patent pending” intellectual property may not receive a patent or may be subject
to prior art limitations.
The lack of an effective legal system in certain countries where we do business or lack of commitment to
protection of intellectual property rights, may prevent us from being able to defend our intellectual property and
related technology against infringement by others, leading to a material adverse effect on our business, results
of operations and financial condition.
We have incurred and may in the future incur impairments to goodwill, long-lived assets or strategic
investments
As a result of past acquisitions, as of December 31, 2020, we have approximately $363.5 million of goodwill
and $112.1 million of intangible assets included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We review our goodwill
and intangible assets for impairment at least once annually, and more often when events or changes in
circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. We perform an assessment of qualitative
and quantitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination
that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the goodwill or intangible asset is less than its carrying amount.
In the event that the book value of goodwill or intangible asset is impaired, such impairment would be charged
to earnings in the period when such impairment is determined. We have recorded goodwill and intangible
impairments in the past, and there can be no assurance that we will not incur impairment charges in the future
that could have material adverse effects on our financial condition or results of operations.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR TECHNOLOGY
Cyberattacks, cyber fraud, and unauthorized information disclosure could harm our reputation, result
in liability and service outages, any of which could adversely affect our business and results of
operations
Our business involves the use, storage, and transmission of information about our clients, their customers, and
our employees. While we take reasonable measures to protect the security of and unauthorized access to our
systems and the privacy of personal and proprietary information that we access and store, our security controls
over our systems may not be adequate to prevent the improper access to or disclosure of this information. Such
unauthorized access or disclosure could subject TTEC to significant liability under relevant law or our contracts
and could harm our reputation, resulting in impacts on our results of operations, loss of future revenue and
business opportunities. These risks may further increase as our business model that includes high percentage
of work from home delivery in addition to our delivery through customer experience centers.
In recent years, there have been an increasing number of high-profile security breaches at companies and
government agencies, and security experts have warned about the growing risks of hackers, cybercriminals
and state actors launching a broad range of attacks targeting information technology systems. Information
security breaches, computer viruses, interruption or loss of business data, DDoS (distributed denial of service)
attacks, ransomware and other cyberattacks on any of these systems could disrupt our normal operations of
customer engagement centers and remote service delivery, our cloud platform offerings, and our enterprise
services, impeding our ability to provide critical services to our clients.
We are experiencing an increase in frequency of cyber-fraud attempts, such as so-called “social engineering”
attacks and phishing scams, which typically seek unauthorized money transfers or information disclosure. We
actively train our employees to recognize these attacks and have implemented proactive risk mitigation
measures to curb them. There are no assurances, however, that these attacks, which are growing in
sophistication, may not deceive our employees, resulting in a material loss.
16
While we have taken reasonable measures to protect our systems and processes from unauthorized intrusions
and cyber-fraud, we cannot be certain that advances in cyber-criminal capabilities, discovery of new system
vulnerabilities, and attempts to exploit such vulnerabilities will not compromise or breach the technology
protecting our systems and the information that we manage and control, which could result in damage to our
systems, our reputation, and our profitability.
If our cloud platform experiences disruptions due to technology failures or cyberattacks and if we fail
to correct such impacts promptly, our business will be materially impacted
Our cloud platforms and third-party software and systems that we use to serve our clients are complex and
may, from time to time have service interruptions, contain design defects, configuration or coding errors, and
other vulnerabilities that may be difficult to detect or correct, and which may be outside of our control. Although
our commercial agreements limit our exposure from such occurrences, they may not always effectively protect
us against claims in all jurisdictions and against third-party claims. If our clients’ business is damaged, our
reputation could suffer, we could be subject to contract termination and payments for damages, adversely
affecting our business, our reputation, our results of operations and financial condition.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
We face special risks associated with international operations
An important component of our business strategy is service delivery outside of the United States and our
continuing international expansion. During 2020, we derived approximately 31% of our revenue from operations
outside of the U.S. Conducting business abroad is subject to a variety of risks, including:
•
inconsistent regulations, licensing requirements, prescriptive labor rule, corrupt business practices,
restrictive export control and immigration laws may result in inadvertent violation of laws that we may
not be able to immediately detect or correct; and may increase our cost of operations as we endeavor
to comply with laws that differ from one country to another;
• uncertainty of tax regulations in countries where we do business may affect our costs of operation;
•
• political and economic instability and unexpected changes in regulatory regimes could adversely affect
longer payment cycles could impact our cash flows and results of operations;
•
•
•
•
our ability to deliver services overseas and our ability to repatriate cash;
the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union (known as “Brexit”) added complexity
and cost to provision of services and movement of people across UK, Ireland and continental members
of the European Union, which could impact our European operations and our operations in the UK;
currency exchange rate fluctuations, restrictions on currency movement, and impact of international tax
laws could adversely affect our results of operations, if we are forced to maintain assets in currencies
other than U.S. dollars, while our financial results are reported in U.S. dollars;
infrastructure challenges and lack of sophisticated disaster and pandemic preparedness in some
countries where we do business may impact our service delivery; and
terrorist attacks or civil unrest in some of the regions where we do business, and the resulting need for
enhanced security measures may impact our ability to deliver services, threaten the safety of our
employees, and increase our costs of operations.
While we monitor and endeavor to mitigate in a timely manner the relevant regulatory, geopolitical, and other
risks related to our operations outside of the United States, we cannot assess with certainty what impact such
risks are likely to have over time on our business, and we can provide no assurance that we will always be able
to mitigate these risks successfully and avoid adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
17
Our delivery model involves geographic concentration outside of the United States exposing us to
significant operational risks
Our customer engagement delivery and our back-office functions are concentrated in the Philippines, Mexico,
India, and Bulgaria. Our business model is dependent on our ability to locate at least some of our customer
engagement service delivery and enterprise support functions in low-cost jurisdictions around the globe. Our
dependence on our customer engagement centers and enterprise support functions in the Philippines and
Mexico, which are subject to frequent severe weather, natural disasters, health and security threats, and
arbitrary government actions represents a particular risk. Natural disasters (floods, winds, and earthquakes),
terrorist attacks, pandemics, large-scale utilities outages, telecommunication and transportation disruptions,
labor or political unrest, and restriction on repatriation of funds at some of these locations may interrupt or limit
our ability to operate or may increase our costs. Our business continuity and disaster recovery plans, while
extensive, may not be effective, particularly if catastrophic events occur.
For these and other reasons, our geographic concentration in locations outside of the United States could result
in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we procure
business interruption insurance to cover some of these exposures, adequate insurance may not be available
on an ongoing basis for a reasonable price.
We may face new risks as we expand our operations into countries where we have no prior experience
At times, our clients ask us to stand up operations quickly in countries where we previously have not done
business. New market entry is fraught with operational, security, regulatory compliance, safety, and corruption
risks, and these risks are exacerbated when new operations are launched quickly. TTEC has extensive
experience in new market entry around the globe, but there can no assurances that new operations in new
countries would not result in financial loses and operational instability. If we elect not to follow our clients to
markets where they wish to have services, we may lose lucrative contracts, including contracts in multiple
jurisdictions where we have experience, to competitors who are already established in the markets new to us,
which would impact our financial results of operations.
Our financial results may be adversely impacted by foreign currency exchange rate risk
Many contracts that we service from customer engagement centers or employees working from home based
outside of the United States are typically priced, invoiced, and paid in U.S. and Australian dollars, the British
pound or Euros, while the costs incurred to deliver these services are incurred in the functional currencies of
the country of operations. The fluctuations between the currencies of the contract and operating currencies
present foreign currency exchange risks. Furthermore, because our financial statements are denominated in
U.S. dollars, but approximately 17% of our revenue is derived from contracts denominated in other currencies,
our results of operations could be adversely affected if the U.S. dollar strengthens significantly against foreign
currencies.
While we hedge at various levels against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations, we can provide no assurance
that we will be able to continue to successfully manage this foreign currency exchange risk and avoid adverse
impacts on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
RISKS RELATED TO LEGAL, COMPLIANCE AND REGULATORY MATTERS
Our results of operations may be impacted by changes in laws, our failure to comply with laws and
regulations relevant to our business
Our business is subject to extensive, and at times conflicting, regulations by the United States, state, local,
foreign national, and provincial authorities relating to confidential client and customer data, data privacy,
customer communications, telemarketing practices, licensed healthcare, financial services, collections, and
gaming/gambling support activities, trade restrictions and sanctions, tariffs, import/export controls, taxation,
labor regulations, wages and severance, health care requirements, disclosure obligations, and immigration
among other areas.
18
As we provide services to clients’ customers residing in countries where we do not have operations on the
ground, we may also be subject to laws and regulations of these countries. Costs and complexity of compliance
with existing and future regulations that could apply to our business may adversely affect our profitability; and
If we fail to comply with these mandates, we could be subject to contractual, civil and criminal liability, monetary
damages and fines. Enforcement actions by regulatory agencies could also materially increase our costs of
operations and impact our ability to serve our clients.
Adverse changes in laws or regulations that impact our business may negatively affect the sale of our services,
slow the growth of our operations, or mandate changes to how we deliver our services, including our ability to
use offshore resources. These changes could threaten our ability to continue to serve certain markets.
Uncertainty and inconsistency in privacy and data protection laws that impact our business, failure to
comply with contractual obligations related to privacy, and high cost of compliance may impact our
ability to deliver services and our results of operations
During the last several years, there has been a significant increase in data protection and privacy regulations
and enforcement activity in many jurisdictions where we and our clients do business. These new regulations
are often complex and at times they impose conflicting requirements among different jurisdictions that we serve.
For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) imposes data protection
requirements for controllers and processers of personally identifiable information collected in Europe, while the
California Consumer Privacy Protection Act (CCPA), and other similar acts in Illinois, and New York, and
Massachusetts in the United States imposed similar regulations protecting state residents with a different reach.
Well-publicized security breaches have led to enhanced government and regulatory scrutiny of the measures
being taken by companies to protect against cyberattacks and may in the future result in heightened
cybersecurity requirements, including additional regulatory expectations for oversight of vendors and service
providers. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and their customers data, whether through
breach of our systems or otherwise, could expose us to costly litigation and cause us to lose clients. For
example, the U.S. government may impose new federal data privacy and regulation mandates as part of Biden
Administration agenda in 2021. Failure to comply with all privacy and data protection laws that are relevant to
different parts of our business may result in legal claims, significant fines, sanctions, or penalties, or may make
it difficult for us to secure business or efficiently serve our clients. Compliance with these evolving regulations
may require significant investment which would impact our results of operations.
Wage and hour class action lawsuits targeting our business can expose us to costly litigation and
damage our reputation
The contact center industry in the United States is a target of plaintiffs’ law firms that specialize in wage and
hour class action lawsuits against large employers by soliciting potential plaintiffs including current and former
employees, with billboard and social media advertising. The plaintiff law firms seek large settlements based
entirely on the number of potential plaintiffs in a class, whether or not there is any basis for the claims that they
make on behalf of their clients, most of whom do not believe themselves to be aggrieved nor seek recourse
until solicited. The cost of defending litigation for these large class action lawsuits is material. Because TTEC
hires large numbers of employees in the United States and our industry has large turnover, the potential size
of plaintiffs’ classes in these wage and hour lawsuits can be considerable, creating a material impact on the
cost of operations. As we continue to hire more employees in the United States, and expand our operations to
California, where the number of wage and hour class action lawsuits is larger than in many other states
combined and where verdicts in these lawsuits are very large, our results of operations may be material
impacted by these lawsuits.
19
Legislation discouraging offshoring of service by United States companies or making such offshoring
difficult could significantly affect our business
A perceived association between offshore service providers and the loss of jobs in the United States has been
a focus of political debate in recent years. As a result, current and prospective clients may be reluctant to hire
offshore service providers like TTEC to avoid negative perceptions and regulatory scrutiny. If they seek
customer care and management capacity onshore that was previously available to them through outsourcers
outside of the United States., they may elect to perform these services in-house instead of outsourcing the
services onshore. Possible tax incentives for U.S. businesses to return offshored services to the United States
could also impact our clients’ continuing interest in using our services.
Legislation aimed to expand protections for U.S. and European based customers from having their personal
data accessible outside of their home jurisdictions, could also impact offshored outsourcing opportunities by
requiring notice and consent as a condition for sharing personal identifiable information with foreign service
delivery personnel. Further, the U.S. government’s reputation for use of individuals’ personal information for
national security purposes without individuals’ consent, caused restrictions on transfer to the United States for
processing of customers and customers’ data in several countries (e.g., Canada). Any material changes in
current trends among our clients to use services outsourced and delivered offshore or to transfer information
outside of the home country for processing would materially impact our business and results of operations.
Increases in income tax rates, changes in income tax laws or disagreements with tax authorities could
adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we operate.
Increases in income tax rates or other changes in income tax laws in any particular jurisdiction could reduce
our after-tax income from such jurisdictions and could adversely affect our business, financial condition or
results of operations. Our operations outside the U.S. generate a significant portion of our income and many of
the other countries in which we have significant operations, have recently made or are actively considering
changes to existing tax laws that could significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on
foreign earnings.
The incoming U.S. presidential administration has called for changes to fiscal and tax policies, which may
include comprehensive tax reform. Many of these proposed and enacted changes to the taxation of our activities
could increase our effective tax rate or adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
There are no assurances that we will be able to implement effective tax planning strategies that are necessary
to optimize our tax position following changes in tax laws globally. If we are unable to implement a cost-effective
contracting structure, our effective tax rate and our results of operations would be impacted.
Our ability to use our net operating losses or federal tax credits to offset future taxable income may be subject
to certain limitations.
If the transfer pricing arrangements we have among our subsidiaries are determined to be
inappropriate, our tax liability may increase
We have transfer pricing arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business,
including operations, marketing, sales, and delivery functions. The United States, Australia, Mexico, India,
Philippines and other transfer pricing regulations in other countries where we operate, require that cross-border
transactions between affiliates be on arm’s-length terms. We carefully consider the pricing among our
subsidiaries to assure that they are at arm’s-length. If tax authorities were to determine that the transfer prices
and terms we have applied are not appropriate, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest
and penalties, which would cause material increase in our tax liability, thereby impacting our profitability and
cash flows, and potentially resulting in a material adverse effect on our operations, effective tax rate and
financial condition.
20
RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK
Exclusive forum for dispute resolution provisions in our bylaws could limit our stockholders’ ability to
obtain a favorable judicial forum for their disputes
Our bylaws designate Delaware’s state courts as the exclusive forum for most disputes between us and our
stockholders, including federal claims and derivative actions. We believe that this provision may benefit us by
providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors
and judges who are particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases
relative to other forums, and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. This choice of forum
provision does not have the effect of causing our stockholders to waive our obligation to comply with the federal
securities laws. This bylaw forum selection provision is not uncommon for companies incorporated in the State
of Delaware, but it could limit our stockholders’ ability to select a more favorable judicial forum for disputes with
us, our directors, officers or other employees and may therefore discourage litigation. It is important to note,
however, that our choice of forum provision would (i) not be enforceable with respect to any suits brought to
enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) have uncertain
enforceability with respect to claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Delaware law and certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws might discourage,
delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore,
depress the price of our common stock
Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could
depress the market price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of
our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous.
These provisions, among other things:
• authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that our board of directors could use to
implement a stockholder rights plan;
• provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Chairman, President or our
board of directors;
• establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for
proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings;
• permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors; and
• provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and
restated bylaws.
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change
in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations and
other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock. Further, as described below,
a majority of our stock is held by a single controlling stockholder, which means that a change in control of our
company or the composition of the Board of Directors will not occur without the approval of the controlling
stockholder.
Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer controls a majority of our stock and has control over all
matters requiring action by our stockholders; and his interest may conflict with the interests of our
other stockholders
Kenneth D. Tuchman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, directly and beneficially owns approximately
60% of TTEC’s common stock. As a result, Mr. Tuchman could and does exercise significant influence and
control over our business practices and strategy. As long as Mr. Tuchman continues to beneficially own more
than 50% of our common stock he will be able to elect all of the members of our Board of Directors, effect
stockholder actions by written consent in lieu of stockholder meetings, and determine the outcome of all matters
submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including matters involving mergers or other business combinations,
the acquisition or disposition of assets, the occurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of any additional shares
of common stock or other equity securities and the payment of dividends on our common stock.
21
The interest of Mr. Tuchman may not always coincide with the interest of our other stockholders, and Mr.
Tuchman may seek to cause the company to take actions that might involve risks to our business or adversely
affect us or our other stockholders. For example, Mr. Tuchman’s control of TTEC could delay or prevent a
change of control, merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all our assets that our other stockholders
support, or conversely, Mr. Tuchman’s control could result in the consummation of a transaction that our other
stockholders do not support. As a controlling stockholder, Mr. Tuchman is generally entitled to vote his shares
as he sees fit, which may not always be in the interest of our other stockholders. This concentrated control
could also discourage parties from acquiring our common stock or initiating potential mergers, takeovers or
other change of control transactions, which could depress the trading price of our common stock.
Our status as a “controlled company” could make our common stock less attractive to some investors
or otherwise harm our stock price
Because we qualify as a “controlled company” under the listing rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, we are not
required to have a majority of our Board of Directors be independent, nor are we required to have an
independent compensation committee or an independent nominating committee of the Board. While the
Company has elected not to avail itself of these governance exceptions available to “controlled companies,” in
the future the Company may elect to do so. Accordingly, because of our “controlled company” status, the other
stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all
of the corporate governance rules for NASDAQ-listed companies. Our status as a controlled company could
make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
We have not received written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC that
were issued 180 days or more preceding the end of our 2020 fiscal year that remain unresolved.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters are located in Englewood, Colorado. In addition to our headquarters and the
customer engagement centers used by our Engage segment discussed below, we also maintain sales and
consulting offices in several countries around the world which serve our Digital segment.
As of December 31, 2020 we operated 83 customer engagement centers that are classified as follows:
• Multi-Client Center — We lease space for these centers and serve multiple clients in each facility;
• Dedicated Center — We lease space for these centers and dedicate the entire facility to one client; and
• Managed Center — These facilities are leased or owned by our clients and we staff and manage these
sites on behalf of our clients in accordance with facility management contracts.
22
As of December 31, 2020, our customer engagement centers were located in the following countries:
Total
Australia
Brazil
Bulgaria
Canada
Greece
Germany
India
Ireland
Mexico
Philippines
Poland
South Africa
Thailand
United Kingdom
United States of America
Total
Centers
Centers
Number of
Multi-Client Dedicated Managed Delivery
Centers
Centers
3
2
2
4
1
1
1
1
3
18
1
1
1
3
41
83
—
—
—
1
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
2
9
15
—
2
2
3
1
—
1
1
3
18
1
—
—
1
27
60
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
8
The leases for our customer engagement centers have remaining terms ranging from one to 13 years and
generally contain renewal options. We believe that our existing customer engagement centers are suitable and
adequate for our current operations, and we have plans to build additional centers to accommodate future
business.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, the Company has been involved in legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise
in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for exposures associated with such legal actions to
the extent that losses are deemed both probable and reasonably estimable. To the extent specific reserves
have not been made for certain legal proceedings, their ultimate outcome, and consequently, an estimate of
possible loss, if any, cannot reasonably be determined at this time.
Based on currently available information and advice received from counsel, the Company believes that the
disposition or ultimate resolution of any current legal proceedings, except as otherwise specifically reserved for
in its financial statements, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, cash
flows or results of operations.
Not applicable.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
23
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TTEC.”
As of December 31, 2020, we had 248 holders of record of our common stock and during 2020 we declared
and paid a $0.34 per share semi-annual dividend, a $0.40 per share semi-annual dividend and a $2.14 per
share special one-time dividend on our common stock. During 2019 we declared and paid a $0.30 per share
dividend and a $0.32 per share dividend on our common stock as discussed below.
In 2015, our Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy, with the intent to distribute a periodic cash dividend
to stockholders of our common stock, after consideration of, among other things, TTEC’s performance, cash
flows, capital needs and liquidity factors. The Company paid the initial dividend in 2015 and has continued to
pay a semi-annual dividend in October and April of each year in amounts ranging between $0.18 and $0.40 per
common share. On December 3, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a special one-time dividend of $2.14
per common share, payable on December 30, 2020 to shareholders of record as of December 18, 2020. On
February 25, 2021, the Board of Directors authorized a $0.43 dividend per common share, payable on
April 21, 2021, to shareholders of record as of April 5, 2021. While it is our intention to continue to pay semi-
annual dividends in 2021 and beyond, any decision to pay future cash dividends will be made by our Board of
Directors. In addition, our credit facility restricts our ability to pay dividends in the event we are in default or do
not satisfy certain covenants.
Stock Repurchase Program
We continue to have the opportunity to return capital to our shareholders via an ongoing stock repurchase
program (originally authorized by the Board of Directors in 2001). As of December 31, 2020, the cumulative
authorized repurchase allowance was $762.3 million, of which we have used $735.8 million to purchase 46.1
million shares. As of December 31, 2020, the remaining amount authorized for repurchases under the program
was approximately $26.6 million. During 2019 and 2020, we did not purchase any shares under the program.
From January 1, 2021 through February 24, 2021, we did not purchase any additional shares and we do not
currently have plans to make repurchases during 2021. The stock repurchase program does not have an
expiration date.
Stock Performance Graph
The graph depicted below compares the performance of TTEC common stock with the performance of the
NASDAQ Composite Index; the Russell 2000 Index; and customized peer group over the period beginning on
December 31, 2015 and ending on December 31, 2020. We have chosen the “Peer Group” composed of
8x8, Inc. (NASDAQ: EGHT), Five9 Inc. (NASDAQ: FIVN), Genpact (NASDAQ: G), Sykes Enterprises,
Incorporated (NASDAQ: SYKE) and Teleperformance (NYSE Euronext: RCF). We believe that the companies
in the Peer Group are relevant to our current business model, market capitalization and our two segments
Digital and Engage.
The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2015 in our common stock and in each
comparison index, and that all dividends were reinvested. We declared per share dividends on our common
stock of $0.55 during 2018, $0.62 during 2019 and $2.88 during 2020. Stock price performance shown on the
graph below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.
24
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Among TTEC Holdings, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index,
The Russell 2000 Index, And A Peer Group
TTEC Holdings, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite
Russell 2000
Peer Group
2015
$
$
$
$
100 $
100 $
100 $
100 $
2016
December 31,
2018
2017
2019
2020
111 $
109 $
121 $
110 $
148 $
141 $
139 $
148 $
107 $
137 $
124 $
159 $
151 $
187 $
155 $
238 $
290
272
186
347
25
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the
related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K (amounts in thousands except per share amounts).
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2017
2019
2016
Statement of Operations Data
Revenue
Cost of services
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Other operating expenses
Income from operations
Other income (expense)
Provision for income taxes
Noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to TTEC
stockholders
(1,452,719)
(203,902)
(78,862)
(1,242,887)
(202,540)
(69,086)
$ 1,949,248 $ 1,643,704 $ 1,509,171 $ 1,477,365 $ 1,275,258
(941,592)
(1,157,927)
(175,797)
(182,428)
(68,675)
(69,179)
(36,442) (16)
52,752
(2,454) (17)
(12,863) (18)
(3,757)
(1,110,068)
(182,314)
(64,507)
(19,987) (12)
100,489
(11,602) (13)
(78,075) (14)
(7,583) (9)
92,054
(35,816) (10)
(16,483) (11)
123,709
(13,298) (6)
(25,677) (7)
(7,570)
204,692
(34,424) (2)
(40,937) (3)
(10,683)
(5,482) (5)
(9,073) (1)
(3,556)
(3,938)
$
118,648 $
77,164 $
35,817 $
7,256 $
33,678
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic
Diluted
Net income per share attributable to
TTEC stockholders
46,647
46,993
46,373
46,758
46,064
46,385
45,826
46,382
47,423
47,736
Basic
Diluted
$
$
2.54 $
2.52 $
1.66 $
1.65 $
0.78 $
0.77 $
0.16 $
0.16 $
0.71
0.71
Dividends issued per common share
$
2.88 $
0.62 $
0.55 $
0.47 $
0.385
Balance Sheet Data
Total assets
Total long-term liabilities
$ 1,516,408 (4) $ 1,376,788 (8) $ 1,054,508 $ 1,078,736 (15) $
514,113 (15) $
$
466,241 $
532,846 (8) $
609,500 (4) $
846,304 (19)
304,380 (19)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Includes $1.1 million related to reductions in force, $2.2 million of expense for facility exit and other charges,
and $5.8 million of impairments related to right of use lease assets and leasehold improvements.
Includes a $6.2 million charge related to the purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition (for
discussion regarding the acquisition of Motif, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2017), a $19.9 million charge related to the deconsolidation of three subsidiaries, and a net
$1.8 million benefit related to the fair value adjustments of contingent consideration for three acquisitions.
Includes a $1.8 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments, a $2.0 million benefit related to
restructuring, $2.9 million of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, $0.4 million of expense
related to changes in valuation allowance, a $3.0 million benefit related to losses on dissolution of
subsidiaries, $0.8 million of expense for earn outs related to acquisitions, a $4.0 million benefit related to
equity based compensation, a $4.2 million benefit related to the amortization of purchased intangibles, and a
$0.1 million benefit related to other items.
The Company spent $53.3 million, net of cash acquired of $4.4 million in 2020 for the acquisitions of
Serendebyte, Voice Foundry US/UK and Voice Foundry ASEAN. Upon acquisition of these businesses, the
Company acquired $84.6 million of assets and assumed $7.6 million in liabilities ($1.6 million in long-term
liabilities).
Includes $1.1 million related to reductions in force, $0.7 million of expense for facility exit and other charges,
a $2.6 million impairment of leasehold improvements and right to use lease assets, and a $1.1 million
impairment of internally developed software, customer relationship intangible assets and other long-term
assets.
26
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
Includes a $4.7 million charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition (for
discussion regarding acquisition of Motif, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2017), a $2.4 million benefit related to a fair value adjustment of the contingent consideration
based on revised estimates of performance against targets for one of our acquisitions, a $1.4 million benefit
related to royalty payments in connection with the sale of two business units, a $1.4 million benefit related to
the recovery of receivables for a division in winddown, and a $0.7 million benefit related to the sale of
trademarks.
Includes a $1.7 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments, a $2.8 million benefit related to tax
rate changes, $0.7 million of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, $4.5 million of expense
related to changes in valuation allowance, a $0.9 million benefit related to restructuring, a $4.7 million benefit
related to equity based compensation, a $2.9 million benefit related to the amortization of purchased
intangibles, and a $0.3 million benefit related to other items.
The Company spent $107.0 million, net of cash acquired of $4.5 million in 2019 for the acquisition of FCR.
Upon acquisition of FCR, the Company acquired $171.7 million in assets and assumed $9.6 million in
liabilities ($4.0 million in long-term liabilities).
Includes $0.8 million related to reductions in force, $5.3 million of expense for facility exit charges and a
termination fee for a technology vendor contract, $1.1 million of expense related to the impairment of property
and equipment and a $0.3 million impairment charge related to internally developed software.
Includes a $15.6 million impairment of the full value of an equity investment and a related bridge loan, a $9.9
million charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition, a $1.6 million net
loss related to a business unit which was classified as assets held for sale and subsequently reclassified to
assets held and used as of December 31, 2018, a $2.0 million benefit related to royalty payments in
connection with the sale of a business unit, a $0.7 million benefit related to the bargain purchase of an
acquisition closed in March 2018, and a $0.3 million benefit related to a fair value adjustment of the contingent
consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for one or our acquisitions.
Includes a $4.2 million benefit related to the impairment of an equity investment, a $3.4 million benefit related
to return to provision adjustments, $0.5 million of expense related to the disposition of assets, a $0.7 million
benefit related to stock options, $1.6 million of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, $1.5
million of expense related to changes in valuation allowance, a $2.1 million benefit related to restructuring,
and a $0.5 million benefit related to other items.
Includes $1.2 million expense related to reductions in force, $2.2 million of expense for facility exit charges,
$3.5 million of expense due to write-off of leasehold improvements and other fixed assets in connection with
the facilities we exited, $7.8 million expense related to integration charges for the Connextions acquisition (for
discussion regarding acquisition of Connextions, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2017), and a $5.3 million impairment charge related to two trade name intangible assets.
Includes $5.3 million of expense related to the finalization of the transition services agreement for
Connextions, a net $2.6 million loss related to a held for sale business unit that was sold in December 2017
and a $1.2 million charge to interest expense related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif
acquisition offset by a $3.2 million benefit related to the release of the currency translation adjustment in
equity in connection with the dissolution of a foreign entity.
Includes $62.4 million of expense related to the US 2017 Tax Act, $0.4 million of expense related to the
disposition of assets, a $1.9 million benefit related to impairments, a $2.2 million benefit related to stock
options, $0.6 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $5.8 million benefit related to
restructuring, a $0.6 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments and a $2.1 million benefit related
to changes to a transition service agreement.
The Company spent $116.7 million, net of cash acquired of $6.0 million, in 2017 for the acquisitions of
Connextions and Motif. Upon acquisitions of Connextions and Motif, the Company acquired $40.8 million in
assets and assumed $36.3 million in liabilities ($27.4 million in long-term liabilities).
Includes $3.4 million expense related to reductions in force, $1.0 million of expense for facility exit and other
charges, a $1.3 million impairment of fixed assets, a $1.4 million impairment of goodwill, an $11.1 million
impairment of internally developed software, and $18.2 million of impairment charges related to several trade
name, customer relationship and non-compete intangible assets.
Includes a $5.3 million estimated loss related to two business units which were classified as assets held for
sale offset by a $4.8 million benefit related to fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration based on
revised estimates of performance against targets for two of our acquisitions.
27
(18)
(19)
Includes $1.7 million of expense related to return to provision adjustments, $1.1 million of expense related to
a transfer pricing adjustment for a prior period, $0.5 million of expense related to tax rate changes, $0.5 million
of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $1.5 million benefit related to restructuring charges,
and a $9.8 million benefit related to impairments and loss on assets held for sale.
The Company spent $46.1 million, net of cash acquired of $2.7 million, in 2016 for the acquisition of Atelka
(for discussion regarding our acquisition of Atelka, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2016). Upon acquisition of Atelka, the Company acquired $25.1 million in assets and assumed
$7.7 million in liabilities ($1.4 million in long-term liabilities).
28
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
Executive Summary
TTEC Holdings, Inc. (“TTEC”, “the Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”) is a leading global customer experience as a
service (“CXaaS”) partner for many of the world’s iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government
agencies, and disruptive growth companies. TTEC helps its clients deliver frictionless customer experiences,
strengthen customer relationships, brand recognition and loyalty through personalized interactions, improve
their Net Promoter Score, customer satisfaction and quality assurance, and lower their total cost to serve by
combining innovative digital solutions with best-in-class service capabilities to enable and deliver simplified,
consistent and seamless customer experience across channels and phases of the customer lifecycle.
Our CXaaS solutions enhance our clients’ customers experience and help differentiate our clients from their
competition.
In the fast expanding direct-to-customer ("DTC") channel where experiences are everything, enterprises must
become increasingly more customer-centric, virtualized and digitally enabled to acquire, grow and maintain
customers. Our mission is to enable and accelerate our clients' path to virtual and digital transformation. We
are focused on improving the experience of our clients' customers by leveraging existing and emerging
technologies — cloud, omnichannel, analytics, artificial intelligence ("AI"), machine learning ("ML"), robotic
process automation ("RPA"), and real-time conversational messaging.
The Company reports its financial information based on two segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.
• TTEC Digital provides the CX technology services and platforms to support our clients’ customer
interaction delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, builds and operates the omnichannel
ecosystem in a cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, inclusive of fully integrating, orchestrating,
and administrating highly scalable, feature-rich CX technology applications.
• TTEC Engage provides the CX managed services to support our clients’ end-to-end customer
interaction delivery, by providing the essential CX omnichannel and application technologies, human
resources, recruiting, training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a
global scale, and engagement processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel
customer engagement, supporting customer care, customer acquisition, growth and retention, and
fraud detection and prevention services.
TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage strategically come together under our unified offering, Humanify® Customer
Experience as a Service ("CXaaS"), which drives measurable customer results for clients through the delivery
of personalized, omnichannel experiences. Our Humanify® cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem
of CX offerings, including messaging, AI, ML, RPA, analytics, cybersecurity, customer relationship management
("CRM"), knowledge management, journey orchestration and traditional voice solutions. Our end-to-end
platform differentiates us from many competitors by combining design, strategic consulting, best-in-class
technology, data analytics, process optimization, system integration and operational excellence. This unified
offering is value-oriented, outcome-based and delivered to large enterprises, governments and disruptive
growth companies on a global scale.
During fiscal 2020, the TTEC global operating platform delivered onshore, nearshore, and offshore services in
20 countries on six continents -- the United States, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Costa Rica,
Germany, Greece, India, Ireland, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore,
South Africa, Thailand, and the United Kingdom with the help of 61,000 consultants, technologists, and CX
professionals.
Our revenue for fiscal 2020 was $1.949 billion, approximately $307 million, or 16% which came from our TTEC
Digital segment and $1.642 billion, or 84%, which came from our TTEC Engage segment.
29
To improve our competitive position in a rapidly changing market and stay strategically relevant to our clients,
we continue to invest in innovation and service offerings for both mainstream and high growth disruptive
businesses, diversifying and strengthening our core customer care services with consulting, data analytics,
insights, and technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services.
We also invest to broaden our product and service capabilities, increase our global client base and industry
expertise, tailor our geographic footprint to the needs of our clients, and further scale our end-to-end integrated
solutions platform. To this end we have been highly acquisitive in the last several years, including an acquisition
in the second half of 2020 of a preferred Amazon Connect cloud contact center service provider, an acquisition
in the first quarter of 2020 of an autonomous customer experience and intelligent automation solutions provider
and an acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2019 of a provider of customer care, social media community
management, content moderation, technical support and business process solutions for rapidly growing
businesses in early stages of their lifecycle.
We have extensive expertise in the automotive, communications, financial services, national/federal and state
and local government, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, e-tail/retail, technology, travel and
transportation industries. We serve more than 300 diverse clients globally, including many of the world’s iconic
brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies, and disruptive growth companies.
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic. Within
weeks of this announcement, travel bans, a state of emergency, quarantines, lockdowns, “shelter in place”
orders, and business restrictions and shutdowns were issued in most countries where TTEC does business.
The need to comply with these measures, which came into effect with little notice, impacted our day-to-day
operations and disrupted our business in the last month of the first quarter and second quarter of the year. As
a result, operations were suspended in some of our TTEC Engage customer experience delivery sites. Business
continuity plans were executed to transition as many employees as was reasonably possible to a work from
home environment to support the health and well-being of our employees and communities and to provide a
stable service delivery platform for our clients.
Between mid-March and mid-April 2020, we transitioned over 43,000 employees, or 80% of our employee
population, to a work from home environment. With the easing of some of the government restrictions, those
employees who were considered essential and could not operate effectively while remote returned to our brick-
and-mortar sites, but most continue to work from home.
For those sites that continue to operate, we have taken extensive measures to protect the health and safety of
our employees, in accordance with the recommendations and guidelines provided by the World Health
Organization, the U.S. and European Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the U.S. Occupational Safety
Association, and local governments in jurisdictions where our customer experience centers are located.
Although our business experienced the effects of COVID-19 in the first half of 2020, our implementation of
business continuity plans, rapid transition of employees to a work from home environment, and the geographic
diversification of our delivery centers allowed us to mitigate potentially more severe impacts, and positioned us
to support our commercial and public sector clients experiencing significant surge volumes of customer, patient
and citizen COVID-19 related engagement. Our COVID-19 related surge work has contributed approximately
12% of our total revenue for 2020. Although approximately 20% of our pre-COVID-19 business was comprised
of clients in industries that have been negatively impacted by the pandemic, i.e. automotive, retail and travel
and hospitality, the 2020 total revenue derived from these clients has increased approximately 10% over the
prior year period. Through the period ended December 31, 2020 the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material
adverse impact on our operational or financial results. While we expect this positive trend to continue and while
some of our COVID-19 related work has transitioned to more traditional business activities for the same clients,
there is uncertainty about our COVID-19 surge volumes and our non-COVID-19 related business. We cannot
accurately predict the severity of the economic and operational challenges of a pro-longed COVID-19 pandemic
on our clients’ businesses and its effect on the magnitude and timing of their buying decisions. Further, while
to date we have been successful in managing service delivery from our delivery sites that could not be replaced
with work from home delivery, unpredictable lockdown decisions in some jurisdictions where we do business
may continue to impact our delivery capability with little notice, thus potentially impacting our results of
operations in the future.
30
In March 2020, we launched multiple cost reduction, optimization, and liquidity preservation initiatives to align
our expenses with anticipated changes in revenue and increased costs related to the COVID-19 pandemic and
government mandated restriction measures. We also intensified our cash flow discipline, including working
capital management, hiring freezes, cuts in non-essential spending, suspension of merit increases and some
incentive programs, deferral of capital expenditures, where possible, and negotiations for rent concessions for
those facilities that we were unable to use during the government restrictions related to the COVID-19
pandemic. Our results of operations for 2020 permitted us to reverse most of the cost austerity measures. With
the greater adoption of our work from home solution during the COVID-19 pandemic, we also launched a
comprehensive review of our global real estate footprint to balance our commitments to physical facilities around
the globe against evolving client preferences with respect to traditional physical delivery centers and work from
home delivery. Considering the continued COVID-19 related uncertainties, we continue to remain vigilant in our
cost management.
Our Integrated Service Offerings and Business Segments
We provide strategic value and differentiation through our two business segments: TTEC Digital and
TTEC Engage.
TTEC Digital provides the CX technology services and platforms to support our clients’ customer interaction
delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, builds and operates the omnichannel ecosystem in a cloud, on
premise, or hybrid environment, and fully integrates, orchestrates, and administers highly scalable, feature-rich
CX technology applications. These solutions are critical to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for
our clients.
• Technology Services: Our technology services design, integrate and operate highly scalable, digital
omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, including journey
orchestration, automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity.
• Professional Services: Our management consulting practices deliver customer experience strategy,
analytics, process optimization, and learning and performance services.
TTEC Engage delivers the CX managed services to support our clients’ end-to-end customer interaction
delivery, by providing the essential CX omnichannel and application technologies, human resources, recruiting,
training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a global scale, and engagement
processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel customer engagement, supporting customer
care, customer acquisition, growth and retention, and fraud detection and prevention services.
• Customer Acquisition Services: Our customer growth and acquisition services optimize the buying
journeys for acquiring new customers by leveraging technology and analytics to deliver personal
experiences that increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.
• Customer Care Services: Our customer care services provide turnkey contact center solutions,
including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and operational
expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints.
• Fraud Prevention Services: Our digital fraud detection and prevention services proactively identify and
prevent fraud and provide community content moderation and compliance.
Based on our clients’ preference, we provide our services on an integrated cross-business segment and/or on
a discrete basis.
Additional information with respect to our segments and geographic footprint is included in Part II, Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our 2020 Financial Results
In 2020, our revenue increased 18.6% to $1,949 million over 2019, including an increase of 0.02% or $0.3
million due to foreign currency fluctuations. The increase in revenue was comprised of a $1.6 million, or 0.5%,
increase for TTEC Digital and a $303.9 million, or 22.7%, increase for TTEC Engage.
31
Our 2020 income from operations increased $81.0 million to $204.7 million or 10.5% of revenue, from $123.7
million or 7.5% of revenue for 2019. The change in operating income is attributable to a number of different
factors across the segments. The TTEC Digital operating income expanded with an 16.4%, or $6.4 million,
improvement over last year primarily due to the growth of its higher margin cloud business. The TTEC Engage
operating income increased 88.0%, or $74.6 million, compared to the prior year based on the increase in
revenue including, but not limited to, the acquisition of FCR and significant surge volumes in our commercial
and public sector clients experiencing spikes in customer interactions related to COVID-19.
Income from operations in 2020 and 2019 included a total of $9.1 million and $5.5 million of restructuring and
asset impairments, respectively.
Our offshore customer engagement centers spanning six countries serve clients based in the U.S. and in other
countries with 23,400 workstations representing 55% of our global delivery capabilities. Revenue for our TTEC
Engage segment provided in these offshore locations represented 29% of our 2020 revenue, as compared to
34% of our 2019 revenue.
Our seat utilization is defined as the total number of utilized workstations compared to the total number of
available production workstations. As of December 31, 2020, the total production workstations for our TTEC
Engage segment was 42,434 and the overall capacity utilization in our centers was 57% versus 74% in the prior
year period. The utilization is lower than the previous year primarily due to COVID-19 protocols requiring the
distancing of associates which has reduced the available seat capacity. Adjusted for social distancing protocols,
which reduced the available workstations to approximately 21,200, and accounting for all client paid seats as
utilized, whether through actual usage or contractual commitments to hold the seats, current utilization is in
excess of 114%.
Post COVID-19 we expect our clients to leverage a more diversified geographic footprint and an increased mix
of work from home vs. brick and mortar seats. We will continue to refine our site strategy and capacity as we
finalize plans with our clients and prospects.
Some of our clients may be subject to regulatory pressures to serve clients onshore. We plan to continue to
selectively retain and grow capacity and expand into new offshore markets, while maintaining appropriate
capacity onshore. As we grow our offshore delivery capabilities and our exposure to foreign currency fluctuation
increases, we will continue to actively manage this risk via a multi-currency hedging program designed to
minimize operating margin volatility.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our
Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well
as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We regularly review our estimates and assumptions. These
estimates and assumptions, which are based upon historical experience and on various other factors believed
to be reasonable under the circumstances, form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Reported amounts and disclosures may
have been different had management used different estimates and assumptions or if different conditions had
occurred in the periods presented. Below is a discussion of the policies that we believe may involve a high
degree of judgment and complexity.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue from contracts and programs when control of the promised goods or services
is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to in
exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations are satisfied
by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise in a
contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. Performance obligation is the unit of accounting
for revenue recognition under the provisions of ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and
all related amendments (“ASC 606”). A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance
obligation in recognizing revenue.
32
The BPO inbound and outbound service fees are based on either a per minute, per hour, per FTE, per
transaction or per call basis, which represents the majority of our contracts. These contracts have a single
performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods or services is not separately identifiable
from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, not distinct. For example, services for the training of the
Company’s agents (which are separately billable to the customer) are a separate promise in our BPO contracts,
but they are not distinct from the primary service obligations to transfer services to the customers. The
performance of the customer service by the agents is highly dependent on the initial, growth, and seasonal
training services provided to the agents during the life of a program. The training itself is not considered to have
value to the customer on a standalone basis, and therefore, training on a standalone basis cannot be considered
a separate unit of accounting. The Company therefore defers revenue from certain training services that are
rendered mainly upon commencement of a new client contract or program, including seasonal programs.
Revenue is also deferred when there is significant growth training in an existing program. Accordingly,
recognition of initial, growth, and seasonal training revenues and associated costs (consisting primarily of labor
and related expenses) are deferred and amortized over the period of economic benefit. With the exception of
training, which is typically billed upfront and deferred, the remainder of revenue is invoiced on a monthly or
quarterly basis as services are performed and does not create a contract asset or liability.
In addition to revenue from BPO services, revenue also consists of fees from services for program launch,
professional consulting, fully-hosted or managed technology and learning innovation services. The contracts
containing these service offerings may contain multiple performance obligations. For contracts with multiple
performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation
using the best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The
primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin approach, under
which the Company forecasts its expected costs of satisfying a performance obligation and then adds an
appropriate margin for that distinct good or service. The Company forecasts its expected cost based on
historical data, current prevailing wages, other direct and indirect costs incurred in recently completed contracts,
market conditions, and other client specific cost considerations. For these services, the point at which the
transfer of control occurs determines when revenue is recognized in a specific reporting period. Within our
Digital segment, where there are product sales, the attribution of revenue is recognized when the transfer of
control is completed and the products are delivered to the client’s location. Where services are rendered to a
customer, the attribution is aligned with the progress of work and is recognized over time (i.e. based on
measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of a performance obligation using an output method or an
input method). Where output method is used, revenue is recognized on the basis of direct measurements of
the value to the customer of the goods or services transferred relative to the remaining goods or services
promised under the contract. The majority of the Company’s services are recognized over time using the input
method in which revenue is recognized on the basis of efforts or inputs toward satisfying a performance
obligation (for example, resources consumed, labor hours expended, costs incurred, or time elapsed) relative
to the total expected inputs to satisfy the performance obligation. The measures used provide faithful depiction
of the transfer of goods or services to the customers. For example, revenue is recognized on certain consulting
contracts based on labor hours expended as a measurement of progress where the consulting work involves
input of consultants’ time. The progress is measured based on the hours expended over total number of
estimated hours included in the contract multiplied by the total contract consideration. The contract
consideration can be a fixed price or an hourly rate, and in either case, the use of labor hours expended as an
input measure provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of services to the customers. Deferred revenues for
these services represent amounts collected from, or invoiced to, customers in excess of revenues recognized.
This results primarily from i) receipt of license fees that are deferred due to one or more of the revenue
recognition criteria not being met, and ii) the billing of annual customer support agreements, annual managed
service agreements, and billings for other professional services that have not yet been performed by the
Company. The Company records amounts billed and received, but not earned, as deferred revenue. These
amounts are recorded in Deferred revenue or Other long-term liabilities, as applicable, in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the period over which the Company expects to render services. Costs
directly associated with revenue deferred, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also deferred
and recognized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract.
33
Variable consideration exists in contracts for certain client programs that provide for adjustments to monthly
billings based upon whether the Company achieves, exceeds or fails certain performance criteria. Adjustments
to monthly billings consist of contractual bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and other performance based
conditions. Variable consideration is estimated at contract inception at its most likely value and updated at the
end of each reporting period as additional performance data becomes available. Revenue related to such
variable consideration is recognized only to the extent that a significant reversal of any incremental revenue is
not considered probable.
Contract modifications are routine in the performance of the customer contracts. Contracts are often modified
to account for customer mandated changes in the contract specifications or requirements, including service
level changes. In most instances, contract modifications relate to goods or services that are incremental and
distinctly identifiable, and, therefore, are accounted for prospectively.
Direct and incremental costs to obtain or fulfill a contract are capitalized, and the capitalized costs are amortized
over the corresponding period of benefit, determined on a contract by contract basis. The Company recognizes
an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects to recover those costs.
The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that the Company incurs to obtain a customer
contract that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained. Contract acquisition costs consist
primarily of payment of commissions to sales personnel and are incurred when customer contracts are signed.
The deferred sales commission amounts are amortized based on the expected period of economic benefit and
are classified as current or non-current based on the timing of when they are expected to be recognized as an
expense. Costs to obtain a contract that would have been incurred regardless of whether the contract was
obtained are recognized as an expense when incurred, unless those costs are explicitly chargeable to the
customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained. Sales commissions are paid for obtaining new clients
only and are not paid for contract renewals or contract modifications. Capitalized costs of obtaining contracts
are periodically reviewed for impairment.
In certain cases, the Company negotiates an upfront payment to a customer in conjunction with the execution
of a contract. Such upfront payments are critical to acquisition of new business and are often used as an
incentive to negotiate favorable rates from the clients and are accounted for as upfront discounts for future
services. Such payments are either made in cash at the time of execution of a contract or are netted against
the Company’s service invoices. Payments to customers are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and are
amortized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-
line amortization over the life of the contract. Such payments are considered a reduction of the selling prices of
the Company’s products or services, and therefore, are accounted for as a reduction of revenue when
amortized. Such capitalized contract acquisition costs are periodically reviewed for impairment taking into
consideration ongoing future cash flows expected from the contract and estimated remaining useful life of the
contract.
Some of the Company’s service contracts are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. For
those contracts, the Company has utilized the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 exempting the
Company from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if the
performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less. Also in
alignment with ASC 606-10-50-14, the Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance
obligations for contracts for which it recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for
services performed. Additionally, the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year. Given the
foregoing, the Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 to not assess whether a
contract has a significant financing component. Pursuant to the Company’s election of the practical expedient
under ASC 606-10-32-2A, sales, value add, and other taxes that are collected from customers concurrent with
revenue-producing activities, which the Company has an obligation to remit to the governmental authorities,
are excluded from revenue.
34
Income Taxes
Accounting for income taxes requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future
income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or
tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference
between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect for the year in
which the differences are expected to reverse. When circumstances warrant, we assess the likelihood that our
net deferred tax assets will more likely than not be recovered from future projected taxable income.
We continually review the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized in future tax periods under the
“more-likely-than-not” criteria. In making this judgment, we consider all available evidence, both positive and
negative, in determining whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is required.
We follow a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to
determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be
sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the amount that has a greater
than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. We evaluate these
uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on the consideration of several factors
including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in applicable tax law, and settlement of issues under
audit.
Interest and penalties relating to income taxes and uncertain tax positions are accrued net of tax in the Provision
for income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).
In the future, our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside
our control. Our effective tax rate is affected by the proportion of revenue and income before taxes in the various
domestic and international jurisdictions in which we operate. Further, we are subject to changing tax laws,
regulations and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions in which we operate, as well as the requirements,
pronouncements and rulings of certain tax, regulatory and accounting organizations. We estimate our annual
effective tax rate each quarter based on a combination of actual and forecasted results of subsequent quarters.
Consequently, significant changes in our actual quarterly or forecasted results may impact the effective tax rate
for the current or future periods.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate the carrying value of property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. An asset is considered to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of an asset
group are estimated to be less than its carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference
between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. Fair value estimates are based on assumptions
concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
We evaluate goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for possible impairment at least annually or
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be
recoverable.
We use a two-step process to assess the realizability of goodwill. The first step, Step 0, is a qualitative
assessment that analyzes current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit. For example,
we analyze changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial
performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of a particular
reporting unit. A qualitative assessment also includes analyzing the excess fair value of a reporting unit over its
carrying value from impairment assessments performed in previous years. If the qualitative assessment
indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required.
35
If a qualitative assessment indicates that a significant decline to fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than
not, or if a reporting unit’s fair value has historically been closer to its carrying value, we will proceed to Step 1
testing where we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on discounted future probability-weighted
cash flows. If Step 1 indicates that the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, we will
record an impairment equal to the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value.
We estimate fair value using discounted cash flows of the reporting units. The most significant assumptions
used in these analyses are those made in estimating future cash flows. In estimating future cash flows, we use
financial assumptions in our internal forecasting model such as projected capacity utilization, projected changes
in the prices we charge for our services, projected labor costs, as well as contract negotiation status. The
financial and credit market volatility directly impacts our fair value measurement through our weighted average
cost of capital that we use to determine our discount rate. We use a discount rate we consider appropriate for
the country where the business unit is providing services.
Similar to goodwill, the Company may first use a qualitative analysis to assess the realizability of its indefinite-
lived intangible assets. The qualitative analysis will include a review of changes in economic, market and
industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if
there would be a significant decline to the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. If a quantitative
analysis is completed, an indefinite-lived intangible asset (such as a trade name) is evaluated for possible
impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying value. Fair value is estimated as the
discounted value of future revenues arising from a trade name using a royalty rate that a market participant
would pay for use of that trade name. An impairment charge is recorded if the intangible asset’s carrying value
exceeds its estimated fair value.
Derivatives
We may enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce our exposure to foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. We may
enter into interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable
rate debt. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are often accounted for as cash flow hedges under current
accounting standards. From time-to-time, we may also enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge
our net investment in a foreign operation.
All derivative financial instruments are reported in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.
Changes in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss), a component of Stockholders’ Equity, to the extent they are deemed
effective. Based on the criteria established by current accounting standards, all of our cash flow hedge contracts
are deemed to be highly effective. Changes in fair value of any net investment hedge are recorded as
cumulative translation adjustment in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets offsetting the change in cumulative translation adjustment attributable to the
hedged portion of our net investment in the foreign operation. Any realized gains or losses resulting from the
foreign currency cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transactions within Revenue. Any
realized gains or losses resulting from the interest rate swaps are recognized in Interest expense. Gains and
losses from the settlements of our net investment hedges remain in Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net investment.
We also enter into fair value derivative contracts to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations associated with changes in asset and liability balances. Changes in the fair value of derivative
instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability hedged, with
changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized in Other income
(expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).
While we expect that our derivative instruments will continue to be highly effective and in compliance with
applicable accounting standards, if our hedges did not qualify as highly effective or if we determine that
forecasted transactions will not occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges would be
reflected currently in earnings.
36
Contingencies
We record a liability for pending litigation and claims where losses are both probable and reasonably estimable.
Each quarter, management reviews all litigation and claims on a case-by-case basis and assigns probability of
loss and range of loss.
Explanation of Key Metrics and Other Items
Cost of Services
Cost of services principally include costs incurred in connection with our customer experience services and
technology services, including direct labor and related taxes and benefits, telecommunications, technology
costs, sales and use tax and certain fixed costs associated with the customer engagement centers. In addition,
cost of services includes income related to grants we may receive from local or state governments as an
incentive to locate customer engagement centers in their jurisdictions which reduce the cost of services for
those facilities.
Selling, General and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily include costs associated with administrative services
such as sales, marketing, product development, legal, information systems (including core technology and
telephony infrastructure), accounting and finance. It also includes outside professional fees (i.e., legal and
accounting services), building expense for non-engagement center facilities and other items associated with
general business administration.
Restructuring Charges, Net
Restructuring charges, net primarily include costs incurred in conjunction with reductions in force or decisions
to exit facilities, including termination benefits and lease liabilities, net of expected sublease rentals.
Interest Expense
Interest expense includes interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs associated with our Credit
Facility, and the accretion of deferred payments associated with our acquisitions.
Other Income
The main components of other income are miscellaneous income not directly related to our operating activities,
such as foreign exchange gains and reductions in our contingent consideration.
Other Expenses
The main components of other expenses are expenditures not directly related to our operating activities, such
as foreign exchange losses and increases in our contingent consideration.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to December 31, 2019
The tables included in the following sections are presented to facilitate an understanding of Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and present certain information by
segment for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (amounts in thousands). All inter-company
transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated.
TTEC Digital
Revenue
Operating Income
Operating Margin
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$ 306,985
45,315
2019
$ 305,346
38,927
$ Change % Change
0.5 %
16.4 %
$ 1,639
6,388
14.8 %
12.7 %
37
The increase in revenue for the TTEC Digital segment was related to significant increases in the cloud platform
and the systems integration practice including a large multi-year governmental contract, and the acquisitions of
Serendebyte and Voice Foundry during 2020, offset by reductions in the legacy facility based training business
and the Middle East consulting practice, both of which the Company has exited.
The operating income expansion is primarily attributable to the acquisitions and continued improved utilization
of technology and people assets as the business scales its cloud and system integration revenue, as well as
the exit of the less profitable facilities based training and Middle East consulting practices. The operating income
also increased due to the $2.0 million impairment of intangible and other long-lived assets for one of the
consulting components in this segment (See Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,
Notes 6 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) recorded during 2019. The operating income as a
percentage of revenue increased to 14.8% in 2020 as compared to 12.7% in 2019. Included in the operating
income was amortization related to acquired intangibles of $3.0 million and $2.6 million for the years ended
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
TTEC Engage
Revenue
Operating Income
Operating Margin
Year Ended December 31,
2020
$ 1,642,263
159,377
2019
$ 1,338,358
84,782
$ Change % Change
22.7 %
88.0 %
$ 303,905
74,595
9.7 %
6.3 %
The increase in revenue for the TTEC Engage segment was due to a net increase of $408.5 million in client
programs including the acquisition of FCR in the fourth quarter of 2019 and certain surge programs for several
clients in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, offset by a decrease for program completions of $104.6
million. Prior to the end of 2020, a significant portion of the surge work has converted into longer-term normal
course business.
The operating income increased in line with the improved revenue including the acquisition of FCR as well as
continued improved profitability in our customer growth, @Home, fraud prevention and detection and customer
acquisition offerings and auto and hypergrowth client portfolios, offset by increases in amortization for acquired
intangibles. Partially offsetting these increases was a net $7.6 million in restructuring and impairment charges
related to several facilities in the U.S, Canada, and the Philippines. (see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data, Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). As a result, the operating income
as a percentage of revenue increased to 9.7% in 2020 as compared to 6.3% in the prior period. Included in the
operating income was amortization expense related to acquired intangibles of $13.2 million and $9.0 million for
the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Interest Income (Expense)
Interest income decreased to $1.7 million in 2020 from $1.9 million in 2019 due to lower interest rates offset by
higher average cash balances. Interest expense decreased to $17.5 million during 2020 from $19.1 million
during 2019, primarily due to lower interest rates despite higher utilization of the line of credit, and a $1.6 million
increase period over period in the charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% interest in Motif,
which was finalized during the second quarter of 2020.
Other Income (Expense), Net
For the year ended December 31, 2020 Other income (expense), net decreased to net expense of $18.6 million
from net income of $3.9 million during the prior year.
Included in the year ended December 31, 2020 was a net $1.8 million benefit related to the fair value
adjustments of contingent consideration for three acquisitions, offset by a $19.9 million expense related to the
deconsolidation of three subsidiaries and the related removal of the Currency Translation Adjustments (see
Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Notes 2 and 9 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements).
38
Included in the year ended December 31, 2019 was a $2.4 million benefit related to the fair value adjustment
of contingent consideration for an acquisition, a $1.4 million benefit on recovery of receivables in connection
with the consulting business that we are winding down, a $1.4 million benefit related to royalty payments in
connection with the sale of a business, and a $0.7 million benefit on the sale of trademarks.
Income Taxes
The reported effective tax rate for 2020 was 24.0% as compared to 23.3% for 2019. The effective tax rate for
2020 was impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $2.9 million
of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, a $1.8 million benefit related to provision to return
adjustments, a $3.0 million benefit related to losses on dissolutions of subsidiaries, $0.4 million of expense
related to changes in valuation allowances, a $2.0 million benefit related to restructuring charges, $0.8 million
of expense for earnouts related to acquisitions, a $4.0 million benefit related to equity based compensation, a
$4.2 million benefit related to the amortization of purchased intangibles, and $0.1 million of other benefits.
Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 would have been 22.5%.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, our effective tax rate was 23.3%. The effective tax rate for 2019 was
impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $0.7 million of expense
related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, a $1.7 million benefit related to provision to return adjustments,
a $2.8 million benefit related to tax rate changes, $4.5 million of expense related to changes in valuation
allowances, a $0.9 million benefit related to restructuring charges, a $4.7 million benefit related to equity based
compensation, a $2.9 million benefit related to the amortization of purchased intangibles, and $0.3 million of
other benefits. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019 would have
been 24.4%.
Year Ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018
For a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2018, please see Part II. Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations – Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2019.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash generated from operations, our cash and cash equivalents, and
borrowings under our Credit Facility. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated positive
operating cash flows of $271.9 million. We believe that our cash generated from operations, existing cash and
cash equivalents, and available credit will be sufficient to meet expected operating and capital expenditure
requirements for the next 12 months.
We manage a centralized global treasury function in the United States with a focus on safeguarding and
optimizing the use of our global cash and cash equivalents. Our cash is held in the U.S. in U.S. dollars, and
outside of the U.S. in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies. We expect to use our cash to fund working capital,
global operations, dividends, acquisitions, and other strategic activities. While there are no assurances, we
believe our global cash is well protected given our cash management practices, banking partners and utilization
of diversified bank deposit accounts and other high quality investments.
We have global operations that expose us to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that may positively or
negatively impact our liquidity. We are also exposed to higher interest rates associated with our variable rate
debt. To mitigate these risks, we enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts through our cash
flow hedging program. Please refer to Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,
Foreign Currency Risk, for further discussion.
39
In March 2020, we borrowed $350.0 million under our revolving credit facility as a precautionary measure to
provide additional liquidity during the global economic uncertainty and financial market conditions cause by the
COVID-19 pandemic. During September 2020, this additional borrowing was repaid. Although we expect that
current cash and cash equivalent balances and cash flows that are generated from operations will be sufficient
to meet our domestic and international working capital needs and other capital and liquidity requirements for at
least the next 12 months, if our access to capital is restricted or our borrowing costs increase, our operations
and financial condition could be adversely impacted.
We primarily utilize our Credit Facility to fund working capital, general operations, dividends, and other strategic
activities, such as the acquisitions described in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,
Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had borrowings of
$385.0 million and $290.0 million, respectively, under our Credit Facility, and our average daily utilization was
$550.9 million and $331.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. After
consideration for the current level of availability based on the covenant calculations, our remaining borrowing
capacity was approximately $510.0 million as of December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, we were in
compliance with all covenants and conditions under our Credit Facility.
The amount of capital required over the next 12 months will depend on our levels of investment in infrastructure
necessary to maintain, upgrade or replace existing assets. Our working capital and capital expenditure
requirements could also increase materially in the event of acquisitions or joint ventures, among other factors.
These factors could require that we raise additional capital through future debt or equity financing. We can
provide no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital with commercially reasonable terms
acceptable to us.
The following discussion highlights our cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2020 and
2019.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider all liquid investments purchased within 90 days of their original maturity to be cash equivalents.
Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $132.9 million and $82.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively. We diversify the holdings of such cash and cash equivalents considering the financial condition
and stability of the counterparty institutions.
We reinvest our cash flows to grow our client base, expand our infrastructure, for investment in research and
development, for strategic acquisitions, and to pay dividends.
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
For the years 2020 and 2019, we reported net cash flows provided by operating activities of $271.9 million and
$238.0 million, respectively. The increase of $33.9 million from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to a $73.5 million
increase in net cash income from operations offset by a $39.5 million decrease in net working capital.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
For the years 2020 and 2019, we reported net cash flows used in investing activities of $112.4 million and
$162.9 million, respectively. The net decrease in cash used in investing activities from 2019 to 2020 was
primarily due to a $49.8 million decrease related to acquisitions.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
For the years 2020 and 2019, we reported net cash flows used in financing activities of $112.2 million and
$47.4 million, respectively. The change in net cash flows from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to a $87.0 million
net additional draw on the line of credit, offset by a $42.8 million increase related to payments of contingent
consideration and hold-back payments related to several acquisitions and a $105.8 million increase in dividends
paid to shareholders.
40
Free Cash Flow
Free cash flow (see “Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements” below for the definition of free cash flow) was
$212.1 million and $177.2 million for the years 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase from 2019 to 2020
was primarily due to an increase in the net cash from operations offset by slightly lower capital expenditures
Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements
Free Cash Flow
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP liquidity measurement. We believe that free cash flow is useful to our investors
because it measures, during a given period, the amount of cash generated that is available for debt obligations
and investments other than purchases of property, plant and equipment. Free cash flow is not a measure
determined by GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for “income from operations,” “net income,”
“net cash provided by operating activities,” or any other measure determined in accordance with GAAP. We
believe this non-GAAP liquidity measure is useful, in addition to the most directly comparable GAAP measure
of “net cash provided by operating activities,” because free cash flow includes investments in operational assets.
Free cash flow does not represent residual cash available for discretionary expenditures, since it includes cash
required for debt service. Free cash flow also includes cash that may be necessary for acquisitions, investments
and other needs that may arise.
The following table reconciles net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow for our consolidated
results (in thousands):
Net cash provided by operating activities
Less: Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Free cash flow
Obligations and Future Capital Requirements
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$ 271,920 $ 237,989
59,772
60,776
$ 212,148 $ 177,213
Future maturities of our outstanding debt and contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 are summarized
as follows (in thousands):
Less than 1 to 3
Years
1 Year
3 to 5
Years
Over 5
Years
Total
Credit Facility(1)
Equipment financing arrangements
Purchase obligations
Operating lease commitments undiscounted)
Transition tax related to US 2017 Tax Act
Other debt
Total
$
5,557 $ 11,114 $ 385,685 $
— $ 402,356
10,956
—
27,889
—
163,141
8,397
26,110
—
20,815
—
$ 93,480 $ 123,982 $ 425,408 $ 8,397 $ 651,267
575
298
25,626
13,210
14
4,188
12,520
77,998
9,600
8,562
6,193
15,071
51,120
3,300
12,239
(1)
Includes estimated interest payments based on the weighted-average interest rate, unused commitment,
fees, and outstanding debt as of December 31, 2020.
• Contractual obligations to be paid in a foreign currency are translated at the period end exchange rate.
• Purchase obligations primarily consist of outstanding purchase orders for goods or services not yet
received, which are not recognized as liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets until such goods and/or
services are received.
• The contractual obligation table excludes our liabilities of $10.5 million related to uncertain tax positions
because we cannot reliably estimate the timing of future cash payments. See Part II, Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further
discussion.
41
Our outstanding debt is primarily associated with the use of funds under our Credit Agreement to fund working
capital, for strategic acquisitions, to pay dividends and for other cash flow needs across our global operations.
Purchase Obligations
Occasionally we contract with certain of our communications clients to provide us with telecommunication
services. These clients currently represent approximately 8% of our total annual revenue. We believe these
contracts are negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and may be negotiated at different times and with different
legal entities.
Future Capital Requirements
We expect total capital expenditures in 2021 to be between 3.1% and 3.3% of revenue. Approximately 60% of
these expected capital expenditures are to support growth in our business and 40% relate to the maintenance
of existing assets. The anticipated level of 2021 capital expenditures is primarily driven by new client contracts
and the corresponding requirements for additional customer engagement center capacity as well as
enhancements to our technological infrastructure.
We may consider restructurings, dispositions, mergers, acquisitions and other similar transactions. Such
transactions could include the transfer, sale or acquisition of significant assets, businesses or interests,
including joint ventures or the incurrence, assumption, or refinancing of indebtedness and could be material to
the consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of our operations. Our capital expenditures
requirements could also increase materially in the event of an acquisition or joint venture. In addition, as of
December 31, 2020, we were authorized to purchase an additional $26.6 million of common stock under our
stock repurchase program (see Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities). Our stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.
The launch of large client contracts may result in short-term negative working capital because of the time period
between incurring the costs for training and launching the program and the beginning of the accounts receivable
collection process. As a result, we may sometimes generate negative cash flows from operating activities.
Debt Instruments and Related Covenants
On February 14, 2019, we entered into a Fourth Amendment to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
and Amended and Restated Security Agreement originally dated as of June 3, 2013 (collectively the “Credit
Agreement”) for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender which matures on February 14, 2024 (the “Credit
Facility”). We primarily utilize our Credit Facility to fund working capital, general operations, dividends,
acquisitions, and other strategic activities.
The maximum commitment under the Credit Facility is $900.0 million with an accordion feature of up to $1.2
billion in the aggregate, if certain conditions are satisfied. The Credit Facility commitment fees are payable to
the lenders as previously disclosed and as determined by reference to our net leverage ratio. The Credit
Agreement contains customary affirmative, negative, and financial covenants, which remained unchanged from
the 2016 Credit Facility, except that we are now obligated to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio of 3.50 to
1.00, and a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement permits accounts
receivable factoring up to the greater of $75 million or 25 percent of the average book value of all accounts
receivable over the most recent twelve month period.
Base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greatest of (i) Wells Fargo’s prime rate, (ii) one half of 1% in
excess of the federal funds effective rate, or (iii) 1.25% in excess of the one month London Interbank Offered
Rate (“LIBOR”), plus in each case a margin of 0% to 0.75% based on our net leverage ratio. Eurodollar loans
bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.0% to 1.75% based on our net leverage ratio. Alternate currency
loans bear interest at rates applicable to their respective currencies.
Letter of credit fees are one eighth of 1% of the stated amount of the letter of credit on the date of issuance,
renewal or amendment, plus an annual fee equal to the borrowing margin for Eurodollar loans.
42
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and is secured
by security interests (subject to permitted liens) in the U.S. accounts receivable and cash of our Company and
certain of its domestic subsidiaries. The indebtedness may also be secured by tangible assets of our Company
and its domestic subsidiaries, if borrowings by foreign subsidiaries exceed $100.0 million and the total net
leverage ratio is greater than 3.00 to 1.00. We also pledged 65% of the voting stock and all of the non-voting
stock, if any, of certain of our material foreign subsidiaries.
The Credit Facility also contains certain customary information and reporting requirements, and events of
default, including without limitation events of default based on payment obligations, material inaccuracies of
representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross defaults to certain other debt, certain ERISA events,
changes in control, monetary judgments, and insolvency proceedings. Upon the occurrence of an event of
default, the lenders may accelerate the maturity of all amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had borrowings of $385.0 million and $290.0 million, respectively,
under the Credit Facility. During 2020, 2019 and 2018, borrowings accrued interest at an average rate of
approximately 1.6%, 3.4%, and 3.1% per annum, respectively, excluding unused commitment fees. Our daily
average borrowings during 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $550.9 million, $331.8 million and $514.7 million,
respectively. As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, based on the current level of availability based on the
covenant calculations, the remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $510.0 million and $530.0 million,
respectively.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2020, we had no transactions that met the definition of off-balance sheet arrangements
that may have a current or future material effect on our consolidated financial position or operating results.
Client Concentration
During 2020, one of our clients represented more than 10% of our total annual revenue. Our five largest clients
accounted for 40%, 37% and 35% of our annual revenue for each of the three years ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018, respectively. We have long-term relationships with our top five Engage clients, ranging from 14
to 21 years, with all of these clients having completed multiple contract renewals with us. The relative
contribution of any single client to consolidated earnings is not always proportional to the relative revenue
contribution on a consolidated basis and varies greatly based upon specific contract terms. In addition, clients
may adjust business volumes served by us based on their business requirements. We believe the risk of this
concentration is mitigated, in part, by the long-term contracts we have with our largest clients. Although certain
client contracts may be terminated for convenience by either party, we believe this risk is mitigated, in part, by
the service level disruptions and transition/migration costs that would arise for our clients if they terminated our
contract for convenience.
Some of the contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2021 and 2023, but most of our largest clients
may have multiple contracts with us with different expiration dates for different lines of work. We have historically
renewed most of our contracts with our largest clients, but there can be no assurance that future contracts will
be renewed or, if renewed, will be on terms as favorable as the existing contracts.
43
Cybersecurity
We have made and continue to make significant financial investments in technologies and processes to mitigate
cyber risks. We have a number of complex information systems used for a variety of functions ranging from
services we deliver to our customers to support for our operations. We depend on the proper functioning of
these information systems. Like any information system, they are susceptible to cyber-attack. Any cyber-attack
could impact the availability, reliability, speed, accuracy, or other proper functioning of these systems or result
in confidential data being compromised, which could have a significant impact on our reputation, results of
operations, and financial condition. Our information systems are protected through physical and technological
safeguards as well as backup systems considered appropriate by management. We also provide employee
awareness training about phishing, malware, social engineering, and other cyber risks. Further, we have formed
a cybersecurity specific risk management steering committee that meets periodically to fully coordinate all
enterprise level cybersecurity issues. Our Board of Directors and executive leadership team are updated at
least quarterly on the progress and status of our cybersecurity priorities. We continuously monitor and develop
our information technology networks and infrastructure to prevent, detect, address, and mitigate the risk of
unauthorized access, distributed denial of service attacks, malware attacks, computer viruses, cyber fraud, and
other events intended to disrupt information systems, theft of valuable information, or other types of malicious
events that result in harm to our business. Our investment in cybersecurity is not expected to decrease in the
foreseeable future, and despite our on-going efforts to improve our cybersecurity, there can be no assurance
that a sophisticated cyber-attack could be detected or thwarted.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
We discuss the potential impact of recent accounting pronouncements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data, Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Changes in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 1, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 2019 due to the adoption
of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our consolidated financial position, consolidated results
of operations, or consolidated cash flows due to adverse changes in financial and commodity market prices
and rates. Market risk also includes credit and non-performance risk by counterparties to our various financial
instruments. We are exposed to market risks due to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange
rates (as measured against the U.S. dollar), as well as credit risk associated with potential non-performance of
our counterparty banks. These exposures are directly related to our normal operating and funding activities.
We enter into derivative instruments to manage and reduce the impact of currency exchange rate changes,
primarily between the U.S. dollar/Philippine peso, the U.S. dollar/Mexican peso, and the Australian
dollar/Philippine peso. We enter into interest rate derivative instruments to reduce our exposure to interest rate
fluctuations associated with our variable rate debt. To mitigate against credit and non-performance risk, it is our
policy to only enter into derivative contracts and other financial instruments with investment grade counterparty
financial institutions and, correspondingly, our derivative valuations reflect the creditworthiness of our
counterparties. As of the date of this report, we have not experienced, nor do we anticipate, any issue related
to derivative counterparty defaults.
44
Interest Rate Risk
We have previously entered into interest rate derivative instruments to reduce our exposure to interest rate
fluctuations associated with our variable rate debt. The interest rate on our Credit Agreement is variable based
upon the Prime Rate and LIBOR and, therefore, is affected by changes in market interest rates. As of
December 31, 2020, we had $385.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement. Based upon
average daily outstanding borrowings during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, interest accrued
at a rate of approximately 1.6% and 3.4% per annum, respectively. If the Prime Rate or LIBOR increased by
100 basis points, there would be $1.0 million of additional interest expense per $100.0 million of outstanding
borrowing under the Credit Agreement.
The Company’s interest rate swap arrangement expired as of May 31, 2017 and no additional swaps have been
entered into since that time.
Foreign Currency Risk
Our subsidiaries in the Philippines, Mexico, India, Bulgaria and Poland use the local currency as their functional
currency for paying labor and other operating costs. Conversely, revenue for these foreign subsidiaries is
derived principally from client contracts that are invoiced and collected in U.S. dollars or other foreign
currencies. As a result, we may experience foreign currency gains or losses, which may positively or negatively
affect our results of operations attributed to these subsidiaries. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019
and 2018, revenue associated with this foreign exchange risk was 17%, 22% and 23% of our consolidated
revenue, respectively.
The following summarizes relative (weakening) strengthening of local currencies that are relevant to our
business:
Canadian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar
Philippine Peso vs. U.S. Dollar
Mexican Peso vs. U.S. Dollar
Australian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar
Euro vs. U.S. Dollar
Indian Rupee vs. U.S. Dollar
Philippine Peso vs. Australian Dollar
Year Ended December 31,
2019 2018
2020
2.1 %
5.2 %
(5.2) %
9.0 %
8.6 %
(2.5) %
(4.2) %
4.5 %
3.5 %
3.8 %
(0.6) %
(2.0) %
(2.5) %
4.0 %
(8.6) %
(5.1) %
0.2 %
(10.7) %
(4.7) %
(9.0) %
5.0 %
In order to mitigate the risk of these non-functional foreign currencies weakening against the functional
currencies of the servicing subsidiaries, which thereby decreases the economic benefit of performing work in
these countries, we may hedge a portion, though not 100%, of the projected foreign currency exposure related
to client programs served from these foreign countries through our cash flow hedging program. While our
hedging strategy can protect us from adverse changes in foreign currency rates in the short term, an overall
weakening of the non-functional revenue foreign currencies would adversely impact margins in the segments
of the servicing subsidiary over the long term.
Cash Flow Hedging Program
To reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with forecasted revenue in
non-functional currencies, we purchase forward and/or option contracts to acquire the functional currency of
the foreign subsidiary at a fixed exchange rate at specific dates in the future. We have designated and account
for these derivative instruments as cash flow hedges for forecasted revenue in non-functional currencies.
While we have implemented certain strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency
exchange rates, we cannot ensure that we will not recognize gains or losses from international transactions, as
this is part of transacting business in an international environment. Not every exposure is or can be hedged
and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts
for which actual results may differ from the original estimate. Failure to successfully hedge or anticipate currency
risks properly could adversely affect our consolidated operating results.
45
Our cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are summarized as follows (in
thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts, except as noted.
As of December 31, 2020
Canadian Dollar
Philippine Peso
Mexican Peso
As of December 31, 2019
Philippine Peso
Mexican Peso
Local
Currency
Notional
Amount
U.S. Dollar
Notional
Amount
% Maturing
in the next
12 months
2,450 $
6,725,000
1,159,500
$
1,853
130,468 (1)
52,398
184,719
100.0 %
54.9 %
51.1 %
Contracts
Maturing
Through
July 2021
December 2023
December 2023
Local
Currency
Notional
Amount
7,715,000
1,299,500
U.S. Dollar
Notional
Amount
147,654 (1)
61,529
209,183
$
(1)
Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for New Zealand dollars and Australian
dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
The fair value of our cash flow hedges at December 31, 2020 was an asset (in thousands):
Canadian Dollar
Philippine Peso
Mexican Peso
Maturing in the
December 31, 2020 Next 12 Months
73
$
4,819
(1,974)
2,918
7,942
3,375
11,390 $
73 $
$
Our cash flow hedges are valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward and
spot foreign exchange rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk. The fair value of our cash flow
hedges increased by $5.6 million from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020. The increase in fair value
from December 31, 2019 primarily reflects changes in the currency translation between the U.S. dollar and
Mexican Peso and U.S. dollar and Philippines Peso.
We recorded net gains (losses) of $2.6 million, $(4.2) million, and $(17.5) million for settled cash flow hedge
contracts for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. These gains(losses) were
reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). If the
exchange rates between our various currency pairs were to increase or decrease by 10% from current period-
end levels, we would incur a material gain or loss on the contracts. However, any gain or loss would be mitigated
by corresponding increases or decreases in our underlying exposures.
Other than the transactions hedged as discussed above and in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data, Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the majority of the transactions of our
U.S. and foreign operations are denominated in their respective local currency. However, transactions are
denominated in other currencies from time-to-time. We do not currently engage in hedging activities related to
these types of foreign currency risks because we believe them to be insignificant as we endeavor to settle these
accounts on a timely basis. For the years ended 2020 and 2019, approximately 14% and 21%, respectively, of
revenue was derived from contracts denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Our results of
operations and revenue could be adversely affected if the U.S. Dollar strengthens significantly against foreign
currencies.
46
Fair Value of Debt and Equity Securities
We did not have any investments in marketable debt or equity securities as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The financial statements required by this item are located beginning on page F-1 of this report and incorporated
herein by reference.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
This Form 10-K includes the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer
(the “CFO”) required by Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
See Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. This Item 9A includes information concerning the controls and control evaluations
referred to in those certifications.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are
designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in
SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including
our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the
CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as of December 31, 2020, the
end of the period covered by this Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that
the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls
Our management, including the CEO and CFO, believes that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal
control over financial reporting, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not
absolute, assurance that the objectives of internal controls are met. Further, the design of internal controls must
consider the benefits of controls relative to their costs. Inherent limitations within internal controls include the
realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple
error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion
of two or more people, or by unauthorized override of the control. Over time, control may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with associated policies or
procedures. While the objective of the design of any system of controls is to provide reasonable assurance of
the effectiveness of controls, such design is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood
of future events, and such assumptions, while reasonable, may not take into account all potential future
conditions. Thus, even effective internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance
of achieving their objectives. Therefore, because of the inherent limitations in cost effective internal controls,
misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be prevented or detected.
47
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting,
as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is
a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures which (a) pertain to
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of assets, (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, (c) provide
reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with appropriate
authorization of management and the Board of Directors, and (d) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material
effect on the financial statements.
In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our management, under the supervision
and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 based on the framework established in Internal Control
— Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (“COSO”). As a result of that evaluation, our management concluded that the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020, the end of the period covered by this
Form 10-K.
We excluded Voice Foundry from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December
31, 2020 because this company was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination in 2020.
Voice Foundry’s total assets and total revenues represent 4.7% and 3.7%, respectively, of the related
consolidated financial amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 has been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report,
which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent quarter that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
None.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information in our 2021 Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed no later than 120
days after December 31, 2020 (the “2021 Proxy Statement”) regarding our executive officers under the heading
“Information Regarding Executive Officers” is incorporated herein by reference. We have both the Ethics Code
for Senior Executive and Financial Officers and the Ethics Code defining rules of conduct for our employees,
partners and suppliers. Our Ethics Code for Senior Executive and Financial Officers applies to our Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, lead executives of our business segments, Controller, Treasurer, the
General Counsel, Chief Audit executive, senior financial officers of each operating segment and other persons
performing similar functions. The Ethics Code defines conduct for all directors, officers, employees, partners
and suppliers (as applicable). Both the Ethics Code for Senior Executive and Financial Officers and the Ethics
Code are posted on our website at www.ttec.com on the Corporate Governance page. We will post on our
website any amendments to or waivers under the Ethics Code for Senior Executive and Financial Officers in
accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
48
There have been no material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to
the board of directors. The remaining information called for by this Item 10 is incorporated by reference herein
from our 2021 Proxy Statement.
The information in our 2021 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information regarding these matters is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity,
Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. Also the information in our 2021 Proxy
Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
The information in our 2021 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANTS FEES AND SERVICES
The information in our 2021 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
PART IV
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
1. Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements is set forth on page F-1 of this report.
2. Financial Statement Schedules.
All schedules for TTEC have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present
in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information is included in
the respective Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits.
Exhibit
No.
Exhibit Description
EXHIBIT INDEX
3.01**
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. filed
with the State of Delaware on August 1, 1996
3.03**
Certificate of Amendment of Incorporation of TTEC Holdings, Inc.
(reflecting name change) with an effective date of January 1, 2018
3.04**
Amended and Restated Bylaws of TTEC Holdings, Inc. (reflecting
name change)
Incorporated Herein by Reference
Exhibit
Form
Filing Date
S-1/A
3.01
7/5/1996
8-K
8-K
3.03
1/9/2018
3.04
1/9/2018
4.01**
Description of Securities of TTEC Holdings, Inc. registered pursuant
to Section 12 of the Securities Act of 1934
10-K
4.01
3/4/2020
10.06** TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
DEF 14A
A
4/12/2010
49
10.07** TTEC Holdings, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan
DEF 14A
A
4/3/2020
10.25**
Form of TTEC Holdings, Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Unit
Agreement (Executive Committee Members) effective July 5, 2019
10-Q
10.25
8/7/2019
10.26**
Form of TTEC Holdings, Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Unit
Agreement (Executive Committee Members) effective March 6,
2020
10-Q
10.26
5/4/2020
10.29**
Form of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award
Agreement (non-executive employees) effective July 1, 2014
10-K
10.29
3/9/2015
10.30**
Form of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award
Agreement (Directors and Executive Committee Members) effective
July 1, 2014
10-K
10.30
3/9/2015
10.31**
Independent Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
(effective May 14, 2020)
10-Q
10.31
8/5/2020
10.32**
Independent Director Compensation Arrangements (effective May
2019)
10-K
10.32
3/6/2019
10.33**
Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors and Executive
Officers
10-Q
10.33
11/5/2019
10.34*
Independent Director Compensation Arrangements (effective May
2021)
10.40**
Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. dated October 15, 2001
10-K
10.68
4/1/2002
10.41**
Amendment to Employment Agreement between Kenneth D.
Tuchman and TeleTech Holdings, Inc. dated December 31, 2008
10-K
10.17
2/23/2009
10.60**
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement
between Regina M. Paolillo and TTEC Services Corporation
effective May 1, 2018
10.82**
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement
between Judi A. Hand and TTEC Services Corporation effective
May 1, 2018
10.86**
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement
between Margaret B. McLean and TTEC Services Corporation
effective December 12, 2018
10.87*
Summary of employment arrangements between Richard Sean
Erickson and TTEC Services Corporation effective September 8,
2020. While Mr. Erickson joined TTEC in September 2020, he only
recently has been appointed as an Executive Officer whose
compensation is subject to disclosure.
10-Q
10.60
5/10/2018
10-Q
10.82
5/10/2018
10-K
10.86
3/6/2019
10.88**
Executive Employment Agreement between Jonathan Lerner and
TTEC Services Corporation effective December 9, 2019
8-K
10.88
12/11/2019
50
8-K
10.1
6/7/2013
8-K
10.90
2/16/2016
8-K
10.32
2/26/2019
8-K
10.99
10/29/2019
10.90**
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3,
2013, among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., the foreign borrowers party
thereto, the lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and
Fronting Lender, KeyBank National Association, Bank of America,
N.A., BBVA Compass, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association,
each as Documentation Agent and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC,
KeyBank National Association, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith Incorporated, BBVA Compass and HSBC Bank USA,
National Association, as Joint Lead Arrangers
10.91**
10.94**
10.99**
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Security Agreement for
the senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders
led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line
and fronting lender.
Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
and Restated Security Agreement for a senior secured revolving
credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender
Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated October 26, 2019,
by and among Ortana Holdings, LLC, an Oregon limited liability
company, First Call Resolution, LLC, an Oregon limited liability
company, John Stadter, Matthew Achak, and TTEC Services
Corporation, a Colorado corporation
21.1* List of subsidiaries
23.1* Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1* Power of Attorney
31.1* Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TTEC
31.2* Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TTEC
32.1*
Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant
Section 906 of
Section 1350)
to
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C.
32.2*
Written Statement of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear
in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded
within the Inline XBRL document)
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
104
The cover page from TTEC Holdings, Inc’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in Inline
XBRL
* Filed or furnished herewith.
** Identifies exhibit that consists of or includes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
51
None
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
52
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized on March 1,
2021.
SIGNATURES
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC.
By:
/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on
March 1, 2021, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated:
Signature
Title
/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN
Kenneth D. Tuchman
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
/s/ REGINA M. PAOLILLO
Regina M. Paolillo
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER
Chief Financial Officer
*
Steven J. Anenen
*
Tracy L. Bahl
*
Gregory A. Conley
*
Robert N. Frerichs
*
Marc L. Holtzman
*
Ekta Singh-Bushell
DIRECTOR
DIRECTOR
DIRECTOR
DIRECTOR
DIRECTOR
DIRECTOR
* By /s/ Regina M. Paolillo under Power of Attorney as attached hereto as Exhibit 24.1
53
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TTEC HOLDINGS, INC.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2020,
2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Mezzanine Equity for the Years Ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Page No.
F-2
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of TTEC Holdings, Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TTEC Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of
comprehensive income (loss), of stockholders’ equity and mezzanine equity, and of cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the
“consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in
all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on
criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Changes in Accounting Principles
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it
accounts for leases in 2019 and the manner in which it accounts for revenues from contracts with customers in
2018.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial
statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public
accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and
are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws
and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of
material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing
procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that
a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control
based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
F-2
As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded
Voice Foundry from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 because
it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2020. We have also excluded
Voice Foundry from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Voice Foundry is a wholly owned
subsidiary, whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of
internal control over financial reporting represent 4.7% and 3.7%, respectively, of the related consolidated
financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial
reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of
the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated
financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that
(i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved
our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does
not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Acquisition of Voice Foundry US - Valuation of Customer Relationships Intangible Asset
As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, on August 5, 2020, the Company closed the
first phase of the acquisition of the Voice Foundry business by acquiring 100% of the business’s net assets in
the U.S. and U.K. (the “VF US Transaction”) for the total purchase price of $45.89 million, which resulted in a
$6.55 million customer relationships intangible asset being recorded. A multi-period excess earnings method
under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset.
The significant assumption utilized in calculating the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset
was the customer attrition rate.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of
customer relationships intangible assets acquired in the VF US Transaction is a critical audit matter are the
significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimate for the customer relationships
intangible asset, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing
procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumption related to the customer attrition rate. In
addition, the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
F-3
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming
our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the
effectiveness of controls over management’s valuation of the customer relationships intangible asset and
controls over the development of the customer attrition rate assumption. These procedures also included,
among others, (i) reading the purchase agreement, (ii) testing management’s process for developing the fair
value estimate for the customer relationships intangible asset, (iii) evaluating the appropriateness of the
valuation method and the reasonableness of the customer attrition rate used by management in the valuation,
and (iv) testing the completeness and accuracy of the data used in the valuation. Evaluating the reasonableness
of the customer attrition rate involved considering the past performance of the acquired business as well as
economic and industry forecasts. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the
evaluation of the Company’s valuation method and the customer attrition rate.
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Denver, Colorado
March 1, 2021
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007.
F-4
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $5,067 and $5,452
Prepaids and other current assets
Income and other tax receivables
Total current assets
Long-term assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease assets
Goodwill
Deferred tax assets, net
Other intangible assets, net
Other long-term assets
Total long-term assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES, STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND MEZZANINE EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
Other accrued expenses
Income tax payable
Deferred revenue
Current operating lease liabilities
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term liabilities
Line of credit
Deferred tax liabilities, net
Non-current income tax payable
Non-current operating lease liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
Stockholders’ equity
December 31, December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
132,914
378,397
104,597
40,894
656,802
82,407
331,096
96,287
40,035
549,825
$
$
178,706
120,820
363,502
15,081
112,059
69,438
859,606
1,516,408
66,658
163,658
55,915
19,709
39,956
43,651
6,623
396,170
$
$
385,000
7,747
22,291
98,277
96,185
609,500
1,005,670
176,633
150,808
301,694
13,263
115,596
68,969
826,963
1,376,788
64,440
114,165
79,171
11,307
39,447
45,218
9,541
363,289
290,000
10,602
25,208
127,395
79,641
532,846
896,135
52,976
48,923
Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019
Common stock; $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 46,737,033 and 46,488,938
shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock at cost: 35,315,220 and 35,563,315 shares as of December 31, 2020 and
December 31, 2019, respectively
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Retained earnings
Noncontrolling interest
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities, stockholders’ equity and mezzanine equity
—
—
467
360,293
465
356,409
(601,214)
(72,156)
757,312
13,060
457,762
1,516,408
(605,314)
(106,234)
773,218
13,186
431,730
1,376,788
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue
Operating expenses
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented
separately below)
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring charges, net
Impairment losses
Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Other income (expense)
Interest income
Interest expense
Other income (expense), net
Total other income (expense)
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Year Ended December 31,
2019
$ 1,949,248 $ 1,643,704 $ 1,509,171
2020
2018
1,452,719
203,902
78,862
3,264
5,809
1,744,556
1,242,887
202,540
69,086
1,747
3,735
1,519,995
1,157,927
182,428
69,179
6,131
1,452
1,417,117
204,692
123,709
92,054
1,656
(17,489)
(18,591)
(34,424)
1,913
(19,113)
3,902
(13,298)
4,476
(28,674)
(11,618)
(35,816)
170,268
110,411
56,238
(40,937)
(25,677)
(16,483)
129,331
84,734
39,755
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
(10,683)
(7,570)
(3,938)
Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders
$
118,648 $
77,164 $
35,817
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Net income
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Derivative valuation, gross
Derivative valuation, tax effect
Other, net of tax
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Total comprehensive income (loss)
$
129,331 $
84,734 $
29,537
5,717
(1,468)
488
34,274
163,605
6,816
16,990
(4,530)
(786)
18,490
103,224
39,755
(30,382)
11,526
(4,058)
308
(22,606)
17,149
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest
(8,352)
(7,698)
(3,624)
Comprehensive income attributable to TTEC stockholders
$
155,253 $
95,526 $
13,525
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic
Diluted
46,647
46,993
46,373
46,758
46,064
46,385
Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders
Basic
Diluted
$
$
2.54 $
2.52 $
1.66 $
1.65 $
0.78
0.77
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Mezzanine Equity
(Amounts in thousands)
Stockholders’ Equity of the Company
Accumulated
Other
Preferred Stock
Shares Amount Shares
Common Stock
Amount
Stock
Treasury
Additional
Paid-in Capital
Comprehensive Retained
Earnings
Income (Loss)
Noncontrolling
interest
Total Equity
Mezzanine
Equity
Balance as of December 31, 2017
— $ —
45,862 $
459 $ (615,677) $
351,725 $
(102,304) $
721,664 $
6,978 $
362,845 $
Cumulative effect of adopting accounting
standard updates
Net income
Dividends to shareholders ($0.55 per
common share)
Dividends distributed to noncontrolling
interest
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
Vesting of restricted stock units
Exercise of stock options
Equity-based compensation expense
Other, net of tax
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Cumulative effect of adopting accounting
standard updates
Net income
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
Dividends to shareholders ($0.62 per
common share)
Contribution from noncontrolling interest
Dividends distributed to noncontrolling
interest
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
Vesting of restricted stock units
Equity-based compensation expense
Other, net of tax
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Net income
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
Dividends to shareholders ($2.88 per
common share)
Dividends distributed to noncontrolling
interest
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
Vesting of restricted stock units
Equity-based compensation expense
Other, net of tax
Balance as of December 31, 2020
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
318
15
—
—
46,195 $
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $ —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
294
—
—
46,489 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
248
—
—
46,737 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,252
248
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(9,898)
(40)
12,145
—
—
—
—
(6,584)
35,817
(25,346)
—
3,938
(6,584)
39,755
—
(25,346)
—
(30,068)
7,468
—
—
—
308
(124,596) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
725,551 $
(2,925)
(314)
—
—
—
—
—
7,677 $
(2,925)
(30,382)
7,468
(4,643)
208
12,145
308
352,849 $
462 $ (610,177) $
353,932 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4,863
—
—
465 $ (605,314) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4,100
—
—
467 $ (601,214) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(758)
77,164
—
(28,739)
—
—
—
—
(10,337)
12,814
—
356,409 $
—
—
—
6,688
12,460
—
—
(786)
(106,234) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
773,218 $
—
—
118,648
—
—
6,969
—
—
3,362
(758)
84,133
—
(28,739)
3,362
—
601
48,322
—
—
(4,950)
128
—
—
—
—
13,186 $
8,156
—
(4,950)
6,816
12,460
(5,471)
12,814
(786)
431,730 $
126,804
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
48,923
2,527
3,849
—
—
(134,554)
—
(134,554)
—
—
—
—
(8,623)
12,507
—
360,293 $
—
29,341
4,249
—
—
488
(72,156) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
757,312 $
(8,478)
196
—
—
—
—
13,060 $
(8,478)
29,537
4,249
(4,521)
12,507
488
457,762 $
(2,323)
—
—
—
—
—
52,976
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of contract acquisition costs
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Imputed interest expense and fair value adjustments to contingent consideration
Provision for credit losses
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
Loss on dissolution of subsidiary
Impairment losses
Impairment on equity investment
Gain (adjustment) on bargain purchase of a business
Non-cash loss on assets held for sale reclassified to held and used
Deferred income taxes
Excess tax benefit from equity-based awards
Equity-based compensation expense
(Gain) loss on foreign currency derivatives
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable
Prepaids and other assets
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Deferred revenue and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of acquisitions
Investments in non-marketable equity investments
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $4,423, $4,547, and $4,530, respectively
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds(borrowings) from line of credit
Payments on other debt
Payments of contingent consideration and hold-back payments to acquisitions
Dividends paid to shareholders
Payments to noncontrolling interest
Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Tax payments related to issuance of restricted stock units
Payments of debt issuance costs
Net cash used in financing activities
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
$
129,331
$
84,734
$
39,755
78,862
590
732
4,484
494
521
19,905
5,809
—
—
—
(5,193)
(726)
12,507
103
69,086
1,002
1,083
2,339
1,711
189
—
3,735
—
—
—
(1,376)
(1,231)
12,814
(140)
(40,625)
57,597
76,726
(69,197)
271,920
29,608
27,413
97,268
(90,246)
237,989
20
(59,772)
—
(52,675)
(112,427)
382
(60,776)
—
(102,457)
(162,851)
95,000
(8,619)
(48,686)
(134,554)
(10,801)
—
—
(4,521)
(45)
(112,226)
8,000
(11,855)
(5,902)
(28,739)
(4,950)
3,362
—
(5,471)
(1,819)
(47,374)
69,179
3,015
992
10,217
3,679
111
—
1,452
15,632
(685)
1,616
(7,975)
(635)
12,145
1,524
29,985
(30,438)
11,713
7,063
168,345
34
(43,450)
(2,119)
(2,027)
(47,562)
(62,000)
(5,989)
(1,349)
(25,346)
(2,925)
—
208
(4,643)
(35)
(102,079)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
6,157
(410)
(14,904)
Increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period
Supplemental disclosures
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
Non-cash investing and financing activities
Acquisition of long-lived assets through finance leases
Acquisition of equipment through increase in accounts payable, net
53,424
105,591
159,015
$
$
$
10,233
47,761
$
$
1,852
347
27,354
78,237
105,591
13,108
36,316
3,731
881
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,800
74,437
78,237
17,456
39,984
15,018
339
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-8
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(1)
OVERVIEW AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Overview
TTEC Holdings, Inc. (“TTEC”, “the Company”) is a leading global customer experience as a service (“CXaaS”)
partner for many of the world’s iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies, and disruptive
growth companies. TTEC helps its clients deliver frictionless customer experiences, strengthen customer
relationships, brand recognition and loyalty through personalized interactions, improve their Net Promoter
Score, customer satisfaction and quality assurance, and lower their total cost to serve by combining innovative
digital solutions with best-in-class service capabilities to enable and deliver simplified, consistent and seamless
customer experience across channels and phases of the customer lifecycle. TTEC’s 61,000 employees serve
clients in the automotive, communication, financial services, national/federal and state and local governments,
healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, e-tail/retail, technology, travel and transportation industries via
operations in the United States, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Costa Rica, Germany, Greece,
India, Ireland, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore, South Africa,
Thailand, and the United Kingdom.
The Company reports its financial information based on two segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.
• TTEC Digital provides the CX technology services and platforms to support the Company’s clients’
customer interaction delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, builds and operates the
omnichannel ecosystem in a cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, inclusive of fully integrating,
orchestrating, and administrating highly scalable, feature-rich CX technology applications.
• TTEC Engage provides the CX managed services to support the Company’s clients’ end-to-end
customer interaction delivery, by providing the essential CX omnichannel and application technologies,
human resources, recruiting, training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure
on a global scale, and engagement processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel
customer engagement, supporting customer care, customer acquisition, growth and retention, and
fraud detection and prevention services.
TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage strategically come together under the Company’s unified offering, Humanify®
Customer Experience as a Service ("CXaaS"), which drives measurable customer results for clients through
the delivery of personalized, omnichannel experiences. The Company’s Humanify® cloud platform provides a
fully integrated ecosystem of CX offerings, including messaging, artificial intelligence, machine learning, robotic
process automation, analytics, cybersecurity, customer relationship management, knowledge management,
journey orchestration, and traditional voice solutions. The Company’s end-to-end platform differentiates the
Company from many competitors by combining design, strategic consulting, best-in-class technology, data
analytics, process optimization, system integration and operational excellence.
Basis of Presentation
The Consolidated Financial Statements are comprised of the accounts of TTEC, its wholly owned subsidiaries,
its 55% equity owned subsidiary Percepta, LLC, its 70% equity owned subsidiary First Call Resolution, LLC and
its 70% equity owned subsidiary Serendebyte, Inc. (see Note 2). All intercompany balances and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.
Reclassifications
The Company has elected to modify the presentation of the proceeds and borrowings on the line of credit within
the financing section of the Cash Flow Statement from a two-line presentation to a one-line net presentation.
Prior period presentation has been modified to ensure consistency.
F-9
Table of Contents
Use of Estimates
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated
Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an
on-going basis, the Company evaluates its estimates including those related to derivatives and hedging
activities, income taxes including the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, litigation reserves,
restructuring reserves, allowance for credit losses, contingent consideration, valuation of goodwill, long-lived
and intangible assets and redeemable noncontrolling interest. The Company bases its estimates on historical
experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the
basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ materially
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company is exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivable
and derivative instruments. Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial. The Company
regularly monitors its credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures resulting in a loss.
The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its clients prior to entering into an agreement to provide
services and as necessary through the life of the client relationship. The Company does not believe it is exposed
to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its derivative hedging activities, as the Company diversifies its
activities across eight investment-grade financial institutions.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair values of cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable and debt approximate the carrying amounts
because of their short-term nature.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, primarily held in interest-bearing investments, and liquid short-term
maturities, which have original maturities of less than 90 days. Restricted cash includes cash whereby the
Company’s ability to use the funds at any time is contractually limited or is generally designated for specific
purposes arising out of certain contractual or other obligations.
The Company manages a centralized global treasury function in the United States with a focus on safeguarding
and optimizing the use of its global cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash is held in the U.S. in U.S.
dollars and outside of the U.S. in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies. The Company believes that it has
effectively mitigated and managed its risk relating to its global cash through its cash management practices,
banking partners, and utilization of diversified bank deposit accounts and high quality investments. However,
the Company can provide no assurances that it will not sustain losses.
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets that sum to the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
(in thousands):
December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash included in "Prepaid and other current assets"
Restricted cash included in "Other noncurrent assets"
Total
$
$
132,914 $
26,101
—
159,015 $
82,407 $
23,172
12
105,591 $
78,237
—
—
78,237
F-10
Table of Contents
Accounts Receivable
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
At the end of each quarter an allowance for credit losses will be calculated based on the current quarterly
revenue multiplied by the historical loss percentage of the prior three-year period and recorded in the income
statement. In addition to the evaluation of historical losses, the Company considers current and future economic
conditions and events such as changes in customer credit quality and liquidity. The Company will write-off
accounts receivable against this allowance when the Company determines a balance is uncollectible.
Derivatives
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce its exposure to foreign
currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations.
The Company also enters into interest rate derivatives which consist of interest rate swaps to reduce the
Company’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with its variable rate debt. Upon proper
qualification, these contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The Company formally documents at the
inception of the hedge all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items as well as its risk
management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedging activities.
All derivative financial instruments are reported at fair value and recorded in Prepaids and other current assets,
Other long-term assets, Other current liabilities, and Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets as applicable for each period end. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments
designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component
of Stockholders’ Equity, to the extent they are deemed effective. Ineffectiveness is measured based on the
change in fair value of the forward contracts and the fair value of the hypothetical derivatives with terms that
match the critical terms of the risk being hedged. Based on the criteria established by current accounting
standards, the Company’s cash flow hedge contracts are deemed to be highly effective. Any realized gains or
losses resulting from the foreign currency cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transaction
within Revenue. Any realized gains or losses from the interest rate swaps are recognized in Interest expense.
Gains and losses from the settlements of the Company’s net investment hedges remain in Accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net investment.
The Company also enters into fair value derivative contracts that hedge against foreign currency exchange
gains and losses primarily associated with short-term payables and receivables. Changes in the fair value of
derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability hedged,
with changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized in Other
income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.
Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred.
Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method based on the following estimated
useful lives:
Building
Computer equipment and software
Telephone equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Other
30 years
3 to 7 years
4 to 7 years
5 years
Lesser of economic useful life (typically 10 years) or original lease term
3 to 7 years
The Company evaluates the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An asset is considered
to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of an asset group are estimated to be less than
its carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the
asset group and its fair value. Fair value estimates are based on assumptions concerning the amount and
timing of forecasted future cash flows.
F-11
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Software Development Costs
The Company capitalizes costs incurred to acquire or develop software for internal use. Capitalized software
development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life equal to the lesser
of the license term or 4 or 7 years depending on the software type. Previously, the expense related to these
assets has been classified as amortization expense within the income statement. Based on the new guidance
adopted as of January 1, 2020, the amortization of any assets that are classified as cloud computing
arrangements will be expensed and included in operating expenses within the income statement. The expense
for the portion of the internally developed software incurred prior to January 1, 2020 and any assets that are
not related to a cloud computing arrangement, will remain in amortization expense on a go-forward basis, as
TTEC adopted the new standard on a prospective basis.
Goodwill
The Company evaluates goodwill for possible impairment at least annually on December 1, and whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.
The Company uses a two-step process to assess the realizability of goodwill. The first step, Step 0, is a
qualitative assessment that analyzes current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit.
For example, the Company analyzes changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy,
cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to
the fair value of a particular reporting unit. A qualitative assessment also includes analyzing the excess fair
value of a reporting unit over its carrying value from impairment assessments performed in previous years. If
the qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required.
If a qualitative assessment indicates that a significant decline to fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than
not, or if a reporting unit’s fair value has historically been closer to its carrying value, the Company will proceed
to Step 1 testing where the Company calculates the fair value of a reporting unit. If Step 1 indicates that the
carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, the Company will record an impairment equal to
the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value.
Other Intangible Assets
The Company has other intangible assets that include customer relationships (definite-lived), trade names
(definite-lived) and non-compete agreements (definite-lived). Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on
a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from 2 to 12 years. The Company evaluates
the carrying value of its definite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. A definite-lived intangible asset is considered to be impaired
when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of its asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value.
The Company evaluates indefinite-lived intangible assets for possible impairment at least annually or whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.
Similar to goodwill, the Company may first use a qualitative analysis to assess the realizability of its indefinite-
lived intangible assets. The qualitative analysis will include a review of changes in economic, market and
industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if
there would be a significant decline to the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. If a quantitative
analysis is completed, an indefinite-lived intangible asset (i.e. trade name) is evaluated for possible impairment
by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying value. Fair value is estimated as the discounted value
of future revenues arising from a trade name using a royalty rate that a market participant would pay for use of
that trade name. An impairment charge is recorded if the intangible asset’s carrying value exceeds its estimated
fair value.
F-12
Table of Contents
Restructuring Liabilities
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company routinely assesses the profitability and utilization of its customer engagement centers and
existing markets. In some cases, the Company has chosen to close under-performing customer engagement
centers and complete reductions in workforce to enhance future profitability. Severance payments that occur
from reductions in workforce are in accordance with the Company’s postemployment plans and/or statutory
requirements that are communicated to all employees upon hire date; therefore, severance liabilities are
recognized when they are determined to be probable and reasonably estimable. Other liabilities for costs
associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liability is incurred, rather than upon
commitment to a plan.
Income Taxes
Accounting for income taxes requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future
income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or
tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference
between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Gross deferred tax assets may then be reduced by a
valuation allowance for amounts that do not satisfy the realization criteria established by current accounting
standards.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring
uncertain tax positions. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more
likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the
tax benefit as the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with
the tax authority. The Company evaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is
based on the consideration of several factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in applicable
tax law, and settlement of issues under audit. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions as a part of the Provision for income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).
Minimal changes in indefinite reinvestment assertion were made during 2020. The Company has completed its
analysis in regard to the full tax impact related to prior changes in indefinite reinvestment reassertion and any
related taxes have been recorded. No additional income taxes have been provided for any remaining outside
basis difference inherent in our foreign subsidiaries as these amounts continue to be indefinitely reinvested in
foreign operations. Determination of any unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the outside basis
difference in investments in foreign subsidiaries is not practicable due to the inherent complexity of the multi-
national tax environment in which we operate.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue from contracts and programs when control of the promised goods or services
is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to in
exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations are satisfied
by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise in a
contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. Performance obligation is the unit of accounting
for revenue recognition under the provisions of ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and
all related amendments (“ASC 606”). A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance
obligation in recognizing revenue.
F-13
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”) inbound and outbound service fees are based on either a per
minute, per hour, per FTE, per transaction or per call basis, which represents the majority of our contracts.
These contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods or services
is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, not distinct. For example,
services for the training of the Company’s agents (which are separately billable to the customer) are a separate
promise in the BPO contracts, but they are not distinct from the primary service obligations to transfer services
to the customers. The performance of the customer service by the agents is highly dependent on the initial,
growth, and seasonal training services provided to the agents during the life of a program. The training itself is
not considered to have value to the customer on a standalone basis, and therefore, training on a standalone
basis cannot be considered a separate unit of accounting. The Company therefore defers revenue from certain
training services that are rendered mainly upon commencement of a new client contract or program, including
seasonal programs. Revenue is also deferred when there is significant growth training in an existing program.
Accordingly, recognition of initial, growth, and seasonal training revenues and associated costs (consisting
primarily of labor and related expenses) are deferred and amortized over the period of economic benefit. With
the exception of training which is typically billed upfront and deferred, the remainder of revenue is invoiced on
a monthly or quarterly basis as services are performed and does not create a contract asset or liability.
In addition to revenue from BPO services, revenue also consists of fees from services for program launch,
professional consulting, fully-hosted or managed technology and learning innovation services. The contracts
containing these service offerings may contain multiple performance obligations. For contracts with multiple
performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation
using the best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The
primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin approach, under
which the Company forecasts its expected costs of satisfying a performance obligation and then adds an
appropriate margin for that distinct good or service. The Company forecasts its expected cost based on
historical data, current prevailing wages, other direct and indirect costs incurred in recently completed contracts,
market conditions, and other client specific cost considerations. For these services, the point at which the
transfer of control occurs determines when revenue is recognized in a specific reporting period. Within our
Digital segment, where there are product sales, the attribution of revenue is recognized when the transfer of
control is completed and the products are delivered to the client’s location. Where services are rendered to a
customer, the attribution is aligned with the progress of work and is recognized over time (i.e. based on
measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of a performance obligation using an output method or an
input method). Where output method is used, revenue is recognized on the basis of direct measurements of
the value to the customer of the goods or services transferred relative to the remaining goods or services
promised under the contract. The majority of the Company’s services are recognized over time using the input
method in which revenue is recognized on the basis of efforts or inputs toward satisfying a performance
obligation (for example, resources consumed, labor hours expended, costs incurred, or time elapsed) relative
to the total expected inputs to satisfy the performance obligation. The measures used provide faithful depiction
of the transfer of goods or services to the customers. For example, revenue is recognized on certain consulting
contracts based on labor hours expended as a measurement of progress where the consulting work involves
input of consultants’ time. The progress is measured based on the hours expended over total number of
estimated hours included in the contract multiplied by the total contract consideration. The contract
consideration can be a fixed price or an hourly rate, and in either case, the use of labor hours expended as an
input measure provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of services to the customers. Deferred revenues for
these services represent amounts collected from, or invoiced to, customers in excess of revenues recognized.
This results primarily from i) receipt of license fees that are deferred due to one or more of the revenue
recognition criteria not being met, and ii) the billing of annual customer support agreements, annual managed
service agreements, and billings for other professional services that have not yet been performed by the
Company. The Company records amounts billed and received, but not earned, as deferred revenue. These
amounts are recorded in either Deferred revenue or Other long-term liabilities, as applicable, in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the period over which the Company expects to render
services. Costs directly associated with revenue deferred, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses,
are also deferred and recognized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract.
F-14
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Variable consideration exists in contracts for certain client programs that provide for adjustments to monthly
billings based upon whether the Company achieves, exceeds or fails certain performance criteria. Adjustments
to monthly billings consist of contractual bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and other performance based
conditions. Variable consideration is estimated at contract inception at its most likely value and updated at the
end of each reporting period as additional performance data becomes available. Revenue related to such
variable consideration is recognized only to the extent that a significant reversal of any incremental revenue is
not considered probable.
Contract modifications are routine in the performance of the customer contracts. Contracts are often modified
to account for customer mandated changes in the contract specifications or requirements, including service
level changes. In most instances, contract modifications relate to goods or services that are incremental and
distinctly identifiable, and, therefore, are accounted for prospectively.
Incremental Costs to Obtain a Contract
Direct and incremental costs to obtain or fulfill a contract are capitalized, and the capitalized costs are amortized
over the corresponding period of benefit, determined on a contract by contract basis. The Company recognizes
an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects to recover those costs.
The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that the Company incurs to obtain a customer
contract that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained. Contract acquisition costs consist
primarily of payment of commissions to sales personnel and are incurred when customer contracts are signed.
The deferred sales commission amounts are amortized based on the expected period of economic benefit and
are classified as current or non-current based on the timing of when they are expected to be recognized as an
expense. Costs to obtain a contract that would have been incurred regardless of whether the contract was
obtained are recognized as an expense when incurred, unless those costs are explicitly chargeable to the
customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained. Sales commissions are paid for obtaining new clients
only and are not paid for contract renewals or contract modifications. Capitalized costs of obtaining contracts
are periodically reviewed for impairment. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has a deferred asset of $6.8
million related to sales commissions.
In certain cases, the Company negotiates an upfront payment to a customer in conjunction with the execution
of a contract. Such upfront payments are critical to acquisition of new business and are often used as an
incentive to negotiate favorable rates from the clients and are accounted for as upfront discounts for future
services. Such payments are either made in cash at the time of execution of a contract or are netted against
the Company’s service invoices. Payments to customers are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and are
amortized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-
line amortization over the life of the contract. Such payments are considered a reduction of the selling prices of
the Company’s products or services, and therefore, are accounted for as a reduction of revenue when
amortized. Such capitalized contract acquisition costs are periodically reviewed for impairment taking into
consideration ongoing future cash flows expected from the contract and estimated remaining useful life of the
contract.
Practical Expedients and Exemptions
Some of the Company’s service contracts are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. For
those contracts, the Company has utilized the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 exempting the
Company from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if the
performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less. Also in
alignment with ASC 606-10-50-14, the Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance
obligations for contracts for which it recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for
services performed. Additionally, the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year from transfer
of goods or services, as such, the election could apply. Given the foregoing, the Company has elected the
practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 to not assess whether a contract has a significant financing
component. Pursuant to the Company’s election of the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-2A, sales,
value add, and other taxes that are collected from customers concurrent with revenue-producing activities,
which the Company has an obligation to remit to the governmental authorities, are excluded from revenue.
F-15
Table of Contents
Lease Expense
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company has negotiated certain rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations in the base price
of lease payments over the initial term of its operating leases. The initial term could include the “build-out” period
of leases, where no lease payments are typically due. The Company recognizes rent holidays and rent
escalations on a straight-line basis to lease expense over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives are
recorded as a reduction to the right of use asset and depreciated on a straight line basis over the remaining
lease term once the assets are placed in service.
Equity-Based Compensation Expense
Equity-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is determined based on the
grant-date fair value net of an estimated forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period
of the award, which is typically the vesting term of the share-based payment award. The Company estimates
the forfeiture rate annually based on its historical experience of forfeited awards.
Foreign Currency Translation
The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is not the
U.S. Dollar, are translated at the exchange rates in effect on the last day of the period and income and expenses
are translated using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the period in which the items occur.
Foreign currency translation gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
within Stockholders’ Equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in Other income
(expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases”, along with subsequent amendments, which
amended the existing accounting standards for lease accounting, including requiring lessees to recognize most
leases on their balance sheets related to the rights and obligations created by those leases. The Company
adopted ASU 2016-02 as of January 1, 2019 and recorded a $0.8 million reduction to retained earnings as the
cumulative effect of adoption. See Note 15 for additional disclosures.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” (ASC 326), which
amends the methodology of how and when companies measure credit losses on financial instruments. The
objective of the ASU is to provide financial statement users more useful information regarding expected credit
losses on financial instruments and other commitments. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19,
“Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” which clarifies the scope of
guidance in ASU 2016-13. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-05, “Financial Instruments – Credit
Losses (Topic 326), Targeted Transition Relief”, which amended the transition guidance for the new credit
losses standard. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2019
with early adoption permitted, using a modified retrospective approach. The Company adopted the new
guidance effective January 1, 2020 and the adoption did not have a material effect on the financial statements.
See Note 4 for additional disclosures.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15 “Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in
a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract” (“CCA”), which aligns the accounting for the costs
of implementing CCA’s with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain
hosting arrangement. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15,
2019, using a prospective or retrospective transition approach. The Company adopted the new guidance
effective January 1, 2020 using the prospective approach and the adoption did not have a material effect on
the financial statements.
F-16
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Other Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (ASU 740),
which is intended to simplify various aspects related to income tax accounting. The ASU is effective for interim
and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted. The Company will
adopt this guidance prospectively beginning January 1, 2021, and has determined the impact of adoption will
not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform” (Topic 848), which provides optional
expedients and exceptions for contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference
rate reform due to the anticipated cessation of LIBOR on or before December 31, 2021. The ASU is effective
from March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022 and could impact the accounting for LIBOR provisions in the
Company’s credit facility agreement. In addition, in January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, “Reference
Rate Reform – Scope,” which clarified the scope of ASC 848 relating to contract modifications. The Company
does not expect that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on the Company’s financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
(2)
ACQUISITIONS
Voice Foundry
On August 5, 2020, TTEC Digital, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, closed the first phase of the acquisition
of the Voice Foundry business by acquiring 100% of the business’s net assets in the U.S. and U.K., (the “VF
US Transaction”). Voice Foundry is a preferred Amazon Connect cloud contact center service and
implementation partner with approximately 60 employees in the U.S. and U.K. The business has been
integrated into the TTEC Digital segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.
Total cash paid at acquisition was $34.3 million. The VF US Transaction is subject to customary representations
and warranties, holdbacks, and working capital adjustments. The VF US Transaction includes two contingent
payments over the next two years with each payment having a maximum value of $7.4 million based on VF
US’s EBITDA performance for 2020 and 2021. The Company finalized the net working capital adjustment for
$0.3 million which will be paid from TTEC Digital to Voice Foundry during the first quarter of 2021.
The fair value of the contingent consideration has been estimated using a Monte Carlo model. The model was
based on current expected EBITDA performance, a discount rate of 23.1%, a volatility rate of 47%, and an
adjusted risk-free rate of 2.6%. Based on the model, a $10.9 million expected future payment was calculated
and recorded as of the acquisition date. During the fourth quarter of 2020, a $3.2 million expense was recorded
related to a fair value adjustment of the estimated contingent consideration based on revised estimates of
EBITDA performance for 2021. The expense was included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2020, the value of the accrual is $14.1
million, with $7.4 million included in Other accrued expenses and $6.7 million included in Other long-term
liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
A multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the
customer relationships intangible asset. The significant assumption utilized in calculating the fair value of the
customer relationships intangible asset was the customer attrition rate.
F-17
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
as of the acquisition date (in thousands):
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid and other expenses
Tradename
Non-compete
Customer relationships
Goodwill
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Deferred revenue
Total purchase price
Preliminary
Estimate of
Acquisition Date
Fair Value
$
$
$
$
$
3,758
345
400
150
6,550
35,891
47,094
289
741
170
1,200
45,894
The estimates of fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are preliminary, pending
finalization of the valuation and tax returns, thus are subject to revisions that may result in adjustments to the
values presented above.
The VF US customer relationships and tradename have been estimated based on the initial valuation and will
be amortized over estimated useful lives of 4 and 2 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the VF US
acquisition is estimated to be attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies
with TTEC Digital segment. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be deductible for income
tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of VF US are reported within the
TTEC Digital segment from the date of acquisition.
Voice Foundry ASEAN
On November 4, 2020, TTEC Europe BV, a subsidiary of the Company, closed the final phase of the acquisition
of the Voice Foundry business by acquiring 100% of the issued stock of Saasy Ventures Pty Ltd. (“Saasy”, “VF
ASEAN”). The business has been integrated into the TTEC Digital segment and is being fully consolidated into
the financial statements of TTEC.
Total cash paid at acquisition was $15.2 million. The VF ASEAN Transaction is subject to customary
representations and warranties, holdbacks, and working capital adjustments. The VF ASEAN Transaction
includes two contingent payments over the next two years with each payment having a maximum value of $4.4
million based on VF ASEAN’s EBITDA performance for 2020 and 2021.
The fair value of the contingent consideration has been estimated using a Monte Carlo model. The model was
based on current expected EBITDA performance, a discount rate of 18.4%, a volatility rate of 50%, and an
adjusted risk-free rate of 1.6%. Based on the model, a $2.8 million expected future payment was calculated
and recorded as of the acquisition date. During the fourth quarter of 2020, a $1.2 million expense was recorded
related to a fair value adjustment of the estimated contingent consideration based on estimates of EBITDA
performance for 2020 and 2021. The expense was included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2020, the value of the accrual is $3.9 million,
with $2.2 million included in Other accrued expenses and $1.7 million included in Other long-term liabilities in
the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
A multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the
customer relationships intangible asset. The significant assumption utilized in calculating the fair value of the
customer relationships intangible asset was the customer attrition rate.
F-18
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
as of the acquisition date (in thousands):
Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid and other expenses
Income tax receivable
Property, plant and equipment
Tradename
Customer relationships
Goodwill
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Deferred revenue
Deferred tax liability
Other accrued liabilities
Total purchase price
Preliminary
Estimate of
Acquisition Date
Fair Value
$
$
$
$
$
1,300
937
115
30
274
300
3,100
14,418
20,474
960
113
236
1,013
(78)
2,244
18,230
The estimates of fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are preliminary, pending
finalization of the valuation and tax returns, thus are subject to revisions that may result in adjustments to the
values presented above.
The VF ASEAN customer relationships and tradename have been estimated based on the initial valuation and
will be amortized over estimated useful lives of 4 and 2 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the
VF ASEAN acquisition is estimated to be attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected
synergies with TTEC Digital segment. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be not
deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of VF ASEAN
are reported within the TTEC Digital segment from the date of acquisition.
Serendebyte
On February 7, 2020, the Company acquired, through its subsidiary TTEC Digital LLC, 70% of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of Serendebyte Inc., a Delaware corporation (“the Serendebyte Transaction”).
Serendebyte is an autonomous customer experience and intelligent automation solutions provider with 125
employees based in India, the United States, and Canada. The business has been integrated into the TTEC
Digital segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.
Total cash paid at acquisition, for 70% of the outstanding shares of capital stock, was $9.0 million. The
Serendebyte Transaction is subject to customary representations and warranties, holdbacks, and a net working
capital adjustment. The Company finalized the net working capital adjustment for $0.8 million during the second
quarter of 2020 which was paid by Serendebyte to TTEC Digital LLC in the second quarter of 2020.
F-19
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As of the closing of the Serendebyte Transaction, Serendebyte’s founder and certain members of its
management continued to hold the remaining 30% interest in Serendebyte, Inc. (“Remaining Interest”).
Between January 31, 2023 and December 31, 2023, Serendebyte’s founder and the management team shall
have an option to sell to TTEC Digital LLC and TTEC Digital LLC shall have an option to purchase the
Remaining Interest at a purchase price equal to a multiple of Serendebyte’s adjusted trailing twelve month
EBITDA for this particular acquisition. The noncontrolling interest was recorded at fair value on the date of
acquisition. The fair value was based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs) including
forecasted earnings, discount rate of 35%, working capital requirements and applicable tax rates. The
noncontrolling interest was valued at $3.8 million and is shown as Redeemable noncontrolling interest in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
As a condition to closing, Serendebyte’s founder and certain members of the management team agreed to
continue their affiliation with Serendebyte at least through 2023, and the founder agreed not to compete with
TTEC for a period of four years after the disposition of the Remaining Interest.
The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the
acquisition date (in thousands):
Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid and other expenses
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Tradename
Customer relationships
Goodwill
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
Accrued income taxes
Accrued expenses
Deferred tax liabilities - long-term
Total purchase price
Acquisition Date
Fair Value
$
$
$
$
$
3,123
1,243
1,327
20
14
400
1,920
9,033
17,080
120
1,025
170
2,208
629
4,152
12,928
In the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company finalized the valuation of Serendebyte for the acquisition date assets
acquired and liabilities assumed and determined that no material adjustments to any of the balances were
required.
At the date of the purchase, an additional $2.2 million of cash was retained in the entity that was withdrawn by
the holders of the Remaining Interest during the second quarter of 2020.
The Serendebyte customer relationships and tradename are being amortized over useful lives of 5 and 3 years,
respectively. The goodwill recognized from the Serendebyte acquisition is attributable, but not limited to, the
acquired workforce and expected synergies with TTEC Digital segment. The tax basis of the acquired
intangibles and goodwill will not be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles
and operating results of Serendebyte are reported within the TTEC Digital segment from the date of acquisition.
First Call Resolution
On October 26, 2019, the Company acquired, through its subsidiary TTEC Services Corporation (“TSC”), 70%
of the outstanding membership interest in First Call Resolution, LLC (“FCR”), an Oregon limited liability
company (“the FCR Transaction”). FCR is a customer care, social networking and business process solutions
service provider with approximately 2,000 employees based in the U.S. The business has been integrated into
the Engage segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.
F-20
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Total cash paid at acquisition was $107.0 million, inclusive of $4.5 million related to cash balances, for the 70%
membership interest in FCR. The FCR Transaction was subject to customary representations and warranties,
holdbacks, and a net working capital adjustment. The FCR Transaction included a potential contingent payment
with a maximum value of $10.9 million based on FCR’s 2020 EBITDA performance. The Company finalized the
working capital adjustment for $0.7 million during the first quarter of 2020 which was paid by FCR to TSC in
March 2020.
As of the closing of the FCR Transaction, Ortana Holdings, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Ortana”),
owned by the FCR founders, will continue to hold the remaining 30% membership interest in FCR (“Remaining
Interest”). Between January 31, 2023 and December 31, 2023, Ortana shall have an option to sell to TSC and
TSC shall have an option to purchase from Ortana the Remaining Interest at a purchase price equal to a multiple
of FCR’s adjusted trailing twelve month EBITDA for this particular acquisition and not to compete with the
Company for a period of four years after the disposition of the Remaining Interest. The noncontrolling interest
was recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. The fair value was based on significant inputs not
observable in the market (Level 3 inputs) including forecasted earnings, discount rate of 19.6%, working capital
requirements and applicable tax rates. The noncontrolling interest was valued at $48.3 million on the acquisition
date and is shown as Redeemable noncontrolling interest in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The fair value of the contingent consideration has been measured based on significant inputs not observable
in the market (Level 3 inputs). Significant assumptions include a discount rate of 16.7% expected forecast
volatility of 20%, an equivalent metric risk premium of 15.1%, risk-free rate of 1.6% and a credit spread of 1.8%.
Based on these, a $6.5 million expected future payment was calculated. As of the acquisition date, the present
value of the contingent consideration was $6.1 million. During the first, second and fourth quarters of 2020, $3.3
million, $1.1 million and $1.8 million of net benefits, respectively, were recorded related to fair value adjustment
of the estimated contingent consideration based on revised actuals and estimates of EBITDA performance for
2020. The benefits were included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2020, the final value of the contingent consideration was calculated at zero
based on actual performance for 2020.
The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the
acquisition date (in thousands):
Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid expenses
Property and equipment
Other assets
Operating lease assets
Tradename
Customer relationships
Goodwill
Accounts payable
Operating lease liability - short-term
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
Accrued expenses
Operating lease liability - long-term
Acquisition Date
Fair Value
$
$
$
$
5,225
10,659
357
6,006
224
5,127
8,600
38,540
96,739
171,477
388
1,160
4,049
72
3,967
9,636
Total purchase price
$
161,841
In the first quarter of 2020, the Company finalized its valuation of FCR for the acquisition date assets acquired
and liabilities assumed and determined that no material adjustments to any of the balances were required.
F-21
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
As part of the purchase, an additional net $0.7 million of cash was retained in the entity to pay for certain Ortana
liabilities that had been recorded prior to the acquisition.
The FCR customer relationships and tradename are being amortized over a useful life of 10 and 4 years,
respectively. The goodwill recognized from the FCR acquisition is attributable, but not limited to, the acquired
workforce and expected synergies with Engage. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be
deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of FCR are
reported within the Engage segment from the date of acquisition.
Financial Impact of Acquired Businesses
The acquired businesses purchased in 2020 and 2019 noted above contributed revenues of $122.1 million and
$18.6 million, and a net income of $8.2 million and $1.4 million, inclusive of $7.4 million and $1.1 million of
acquired intangible amortization, to the Company for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.
The unaudited proforma financial results for the twelve months ended 2020 and 2019 combines the
consolidated results of the Company, Voice Foundry US, Voice Foundry ASEAN, Serendebyte and FCR,
assuming the acquisitions had been completed on January 1, 2019. The reported revenue and net income of
$1,643.7 and $77.2 million would have been $1,741.3 million and $93.1 million for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2019, respectively, on an unaudited proforma basis.
For 2020, the reported revenue and net income of $1,949.2 million and $118.6 million would have been $1,965.6
million and $123.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively, on an unaudited proforma basis.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated results are not to be considered indicative of the results if these
acquisitions occurred in the periods mentioned above, or indicative of future operations or results. Additionally,
the pro forma consolidated results do not reflect any anticipated synergies expected as a result of the
acquisition.
Investments
CaféX
Between 2015 and 2016, the Company invested $13.3 million in CaféX Communications, Inc. (“CaféX”), a
provider of omni-channel web-based real time communication solutions. In 2018, the Company provided CaféX
a $2.1 million bridge loan which was supposed to accrue interest at a rate of 12% per annum and to mature in
the second quarter of 2020, more recently changed to November 30, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the
Company owns 17.8% of the total equity of CaféX. The investment is accounted for under the cost method of
accounting. The Company evaluates its investments for possible other-than-temporary impairment at least
annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may
not be recoverable. As of March 31, 2018, the Company evaluated the investment in CaféX for impairment due
to its failure to consummate a planned IP sale, a shift in the strategy, a default under a loan agreement with its
bank, and a lack of potential additional funding options. Based on this evaluation, the Company determined that
the fair value of its investment in CaféX was zero and thus the investment was impaired. The Company recorded
a $15.6 million write-off of the equity investment and the bridge loan which was included in Other income
(expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).
F-22
Table of Contents
Dissolutions
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
In the ordinary course of business, the Company operates different legal entities around the globe that have
functional currencies other than USD. From time-to-time, the Company liquidates some of the entities when
they are no longer needed to operate its business, and also forms new entities to support the needs of the
business. The liquidation proceedings may take different forms, take considerable amount of time, and may
also result in losses or gains unrelated to operations. In the second quarter ended June 30, 2020, the Company
exited a foreign subsidiary that resulted in a $2.5 million loss included in Other income (expense), net in the
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) from the realization of the Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss), which represents the Currency Translation Adjustment of the investment in the
foreign subsidiary. Similarly, in the third quarter ended September 30, 2020, the Company exited two foreign
subsidiaries that have ceased operations and therefore were removed from the consolidated financial
statements as of the reporting period ended September 30, 2020. As a result of the deconsolidation, a $17.4
million loss was included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
Income (Loss). The majority of this loss related to the realization of the Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss) balance which represents the Currency Translation Adjustment of the investment in the foreign
subsidiaries. The operating income of these subsidiaries prior to dissolution was not material to the year-to-
date consolidated results of the Company.
(3)
SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company reports the following two segments:
TTEC Digital provides the CX technology services and platforms to support the Company’s clients’ customer
interaction delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, builds and operates the omnichannel ecosystem in a
cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, and fully integrates, orchestrates, and administers highly scalable,
feature-rich CX technology applications. These solutions are critical to enabling and accelerating digital
transformation for the Company’s clients.
• Technology Services: the Company’s technology services design, integrate and operate highly
scalable, digital omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment,
including journey orchestration, automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce
productivity.
• Professional Services: the Company’s management consulting practices deliver customer experience
strategy, analytics, process optimization, and learning and performance services.
TTEC Engage delivers the CX managed services to support the Company’s clients’ end-to-end customer
interaction delivery, by providing the essential CX omnichannel and application technologies, human resources,
recruiting, training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a global scale, and
engagement processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel customer engagement,
supporting customer care, customer acquisition, growth and retention, and fraud detection and prevention
services.
• Customer Acquisition Services: the Company’s customer growth and acquisition services optimize the
buying journeys for acquiring new customers by leveraging technology and analytics to deliver personal
experiences that increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.
• Customer Care Services: the Company’s customer care services provide turnkey contact center
solutions, including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and
operational expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints.
• Fraud Prevention Services: the Company’s digital fraud detection and prevention services proactively
identify and prevent fraud and provide community content moderation and compliance.
The Company allocates to each segment its portion of corporate operating expenses. All intercompany
transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated.
F-23
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The following tables present certain financial data by segment (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31, 2020
TTEC Digital
TTEC Engage
Total
$
307,278 $
1,642,263
$ 1,949,541 $
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Gross
Revenue
Intersegment
Sales
Revenue
Net
Depreciation
&
Income
from
(293) $
—
306,985 $
1,642,263
(293) $ 1,949,248 $
Amortization Operations
45,315
14,029 $
64,833
159,377
78,862 $ 204,692
TTEC Digital
TTEC Engage
Total
$
305,595 $
1,338,358
$ 1,643,953 $
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Gross
Revenue
Intersegment
Sales
Revenue
Net
Depreciation
&
Income
from
(249) $
—
305,346 $
1,338,358
(249) $ 1,643,704 $
Amortization Operations
38,927
11,216 $
84,782
57,870
69,086 $ 123,709
TTEC Digital
TTEC Engage
Total
$
239,144 $
1,270,372
$ 1,509,516 $
Gross
Revenue
Intersegment
Sales
Revenue
Net
Depreciation
&
Income
from
(345) $
—
238,799 $
1,270,372
(345) $ 1,509,171 $
8,814 $
Amortization Operations
33,054
59,000
92,054
60,365
69,179 $
Capital Expenditures
TTEC Digital
TTEC Engage
Total
Total Assets
TTEC Digital
TTEC Engage
Total
Goodwill
TTEC Digital
TTEC Engage
Total
For the Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
$
$
7,881 $
51,891
59,772 $
14,397 $
46,379
60,776 $
4,833
38,617
43,450
2020
December 31,
2019
2018
277,365 $
1,239,043
1,516,408 $
238,081
1,138,707
1,376,788
$
$
222,977
831,531
1,054,508
2020
December 31,
2019
2018
128,211 $
235,291
363,502 $
66,275 $
235,419
301,694
$
66,158
138,475
204,633
$
$
$
$
F-24
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The following tables present certain financial data based upon the geographic location where the services are
provided (in thousands):
As of and for the
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
Revenue
United States
Philippines
Latin America
Europe / Middle East / Africa
Asia Pacific / India
Canada
Total
Property, plant and equipment, gross
United States
Philippines
Latin America
Europe / Middle East / Africa
Asia Pacific / India
Canada
Total
Other long-term assets
United States
Philippines
Latin America
Europe / Middle East / Africa
Asia Pacific / India
Canada
Total
$ 1,338,267 $ 1,002,524 $
862,026
351,829
109,104
67,163
57,978
61,071
$ 1,949,248 $ 1,643,704 $ 1,509,171
347,575
98,633
78,478
59,750
26,545
370,395
100,117
70,613
55,554
44,501
$
576,803 $
162,391
46,307
23,043
15,918
13,844
559,326 $
144,213
45,743
14,823
21,562
15,516
$
838,306 $
801,183 $
508,202
130,176
44,065
10,499
19,874
15,193
728,009
$
$
55,548 $
8,756
912
2,328
1,726
168
69,438 $
57,417 $
7,892
993
993
1,422
252
68,969 $
56,459
5,188
1,329
544
1,680
241
65,441
(4)
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS
Accounts receivable, net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consists of the following (in
thousands):
Accounts receivable
Less: Allowance for credit losses
Accounts receivable, net
December 31,
2020
2019
$ 383,464 $ 336,548
(5,452)
$ 378,397 $ 331,096
(5,067)
In connection with the implementation of ASC 326 as of January 1, 2020, the Company analyzed the prior
history of credit losses on revenue for TTEC as a whole and separately for each of the two segments. Based
on this evaluation, no modification to the allowance for credit losses balance was necessary as of the
implementation date. At the end of each quarter beginning with March 31, 2020, an allowance for credit losses
has been calculated based on the current quarterly revenue multiplied by the historical loss percentage of the
prior three year period and recorded in the income statement. In addition to the evaluation of historical losses,
the Company considers current and future economic conditions and events such as changes in customer credit
quality and liquidity. The Company will write-off accounts receivable against this allowance when the Company
determines a balance is uncollectible.
F-25
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Activity in the Company’s Allowance for credit losses consists of the following (in thousands):
Balance, beginning of year
Provision for credit losses
Uncollectible receivables written-off
Effect of foreign currency and other
Balance, end of year
December 31,
2019
2018
2020
$ 5,452 $ 5,592 $
921
3,679
(429)
1,421
$ 5,067 $ 5,452 $ 5,592
1,711
(1,311)
(540)
494
(880)
1
On October 15, 2018, Sears Holding Corporation (“Sears”) announced that it had filed a petition for bankruptcy
protection in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. As of December 31,
2020 and December 31, 2019, TTEC had approximately $2.7 million in pre-petition accounts receivables
outstanding related to Sears; during the fourth quarter of 2018 a $2.7 million allowance for uncollectible
accounts was recorded and included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). TTEC continues to provide post-petition services to Sears and
has assessed these receivables for collection risk and has determined that these will be collectible.
Significant Clients
The Company had one client that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2020; this client operates in the financial services industry and is included in the TTEC Engage
segment. The Company had no clients that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2019. The Company had one client that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for the
year ended December 31, 2018; this client operates in the healthcare industry and is included in the TTEC
Engage segment. The revenue from these clients as a percentage of total revenue is as follows:
Financial services client
Healthcare client
13 %
6 %
3 %
8 %
4 %
10 %
Accounts receivable from this client was as follows (in thousands):
2020
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
Financial services client
Healthcare client
$
$
58,960
17,453
$
$
4,321
18,385
$
$
9,812
49,245
The Company does have clients with aggregate revenue exceeding $100 million annually and the loss of one
or more of these clients could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, or
financial condition. To mitigate this risk, the Company has multiple contracts with these larger clients, where
each individual contract is for an amount below the $100 million aggregate.
To limit the Company’s credit risk with its clients, management performs periodic credit evaluations, maintains
allowances for credit losses and may require pre-payment for services from certain clients. Based on currently
available information, management does not believe significant credit risk exists as of December 31, 2020.
F-26
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreement
On March 5, 2019, the Company entered into an Uncommitted Receivables Purchase Agreement
(“Agreement”) with Bank of the West (“Bank”), whereby from time-to-time the Company may elect to sell, on a
revolving basis, U.S. accounts receivables of certain clients at a discount to the bank for cash on a limited
recourse basis. The maximum amount of receivables that the Company may sell to the Bank at any given time
shall not exceed $75 million. The sales of accounts receivable in accordance with the Agreement are reflected
as a reduction of Accounts Receivable, net on the Consolidated Balance sheets. The Company has retained
no interest in the sold receivables but retains all collection responsibilities on behalf of the Bank. The discount
on the accounts receivable sold will be recorded within Other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income (Loss). The cash proceeds from this Agreement are included in the change in accounts
receivable within the operating activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had factored $71.0 million and $52.0 million, respectively,
of accounts receivable; under the Agreement discounts on these receivables were not material during the year.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had collected $26.1 million and $23.2 million, respectively,
of cash from customers which had not been remitted to the Bank. The unremitted cash is Restricted Cash and
is included within Prepaid and Other Current Assets with the corresponding liability included in Accrued
Expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company has not recorded any servicing assets or liabilities
as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 as the fair value of the servicing arrangement as well as the fees earned
were not material to the financial statements.
(5)
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
Land and buildings
Computer equipment and software
Telephone equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Motor vehicles
Construction-in-progress and other
Property, plant and equipment, gross
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property, plant and equipment, net
2020
32,944 $
$
474,415
51,717
85,149
193,823
258
—
838,306
(659,600)
$
178,706 $
2019
32,942
447,260
49,447
85,191
186,083
260
—
801,183
(624,550)
176,633
Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $62.7 million, $57.5 million and
$58.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Included in the computer equipment and software is internally developed software of $16.2 million net and $15.3
million net as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
F-27
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(6)
GOODWILL
Goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands):
Effect of
December 31, Acquisitions /
Foreign
2019
Adjustments Impairments Currency
December 31,
2020
TTEC Digital
TTEC Engage
Total
$
$
66,275 $
235,419
301,694 $
59,341 $
(254)
59,087 $
— $ 2,595 $
—
— $ 2,721 $
126
128,211
235,291
363,502
Effect of
December 31, Acquisitions /
Foreign
2018
Adjustments Impairments Currency
December 31,
2019
TTEC Digital
TTEC Engage
Total
Impairment
$
$
66,158 $
138,475
204,633 $
— $
96,993
96,993 $
— $
—
— $
117 $
(49)
68 $
66,275
235,419
301,694
The Company has three reporting units with goodwill and performs a goodwill impairment test on at least an
annual basis. The Company conducts its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter, or more
frequently, if indicators of impairment exist.
During the third quarter 2020, the Company reassessed the reporting units within the TTEC Digital segment
based on a reorganization of the reporting structure within this segment. The Company has changed how it
views and assesses performance of the components within the segment as the business has evolved and
multiple recent acquisitions have been incorporated. After evaluation, The Company will maintain two reporting
units within TTEC Digital but these include different components than previously included. Given the change in
reporting units, the Company conducted an impairment test before and after the change, and it was concluded
that the fair value of the reporting units exceeded the carrying value on both testing dates. With the change in
reporting units, the Company performed a relative fair value valuation calculation to allocate the Company’s
historical goodwill between the two reporting units based on the shift in components. The resulting reallocation
of goodwill was not material.
For the annual goodwill impairment analysis, the Company qualitatively assessed each of the three reporting
units to determine whether it was necessary to perform a goodwill impairment test. In evaluating whether it is
more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units are less than their carrying amounts, the entity
assessed the following relevant events and circumstances for each of the three reporting units; macroeconomic
conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, changes in management or key personnel,
changes in strategy, changes to the composition of each reporting unit, and the Company’s share price relative
to the industry and their peers. In addition, the Company identified the relevant assumptions in the most recent
fair value analysis for each of the reporting units and then evaluated whether those assumptions had been
affected by events or circumstances that were positive, negative or neutral. As of December 1, 2020, the date
of the annual impairment test, the Company concluded that for all three of the reporting units the qualitative
analysis concluded that the events and circumstances evaluated were primarily positive in nature thus it is not
more likely than not that each of the three reporting unit’s fair values respectively are less than their carrying
amounts.
F-28
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(7)
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Other intangible assets which are included in Other long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):
Acquisitions Effect of
Customer relationships, gross
Customer relationships - accumulated
amortization
Other intangible assets, gross
Other intangible assets - accumulated
amortization
Other intangible assets, net
$
Customer relationships, gross
Customer relationships - accumulated
amortization
Other intangible assets, gross
Other intangible assets - accumulated
amortization
Other intangible assets, net
$
December 31,
2019
161,756 $
$
Amortization Impairments Adjustments Currency
— $
11,570 $
— $
275 $
and
Foreign
December 31,
2020
173,601
(54,653)
13,162
(13,640)
—
—
—
—
1,250
(476)
38
(68,769)
14,450
(4,669)
115,596 $
(2,546)
(16,186) $
—
— $
—
12,820 $
(8)
(171) $
(7,223)
112,059
Acquisitions Effect of
December 31,
2018
123,527 $
$
Amortization Impairments Adjustments Currency
— $
38,540 $
— $
(311) $
and
Foreign
December 31,
2019
161,756
(43,223)
4,575
(11,055)
—
(423)
—
—
8,600
48
(13)
(54,653)
13,162
(3,968)
80,911 $
(541)
(11,596) $
(170)
(593) $
—
47,140 $
10
(266) $
(4,669)
115,596
The acquisitions recorded during 2020 relate to the purchases of Serendebyte and Voice Foundry (see Note 2
for further information).
The acquisitions recorded during 2019 relate to the purchase of FCR (see Note 2 for further information). The
impairments recorded during 2019 relate to rogenSi intangible assets (see below).
Digital - rogenSi
In connection with reduced profitability of the rogenSi component of the TTEC Digital segment, an interim
impairment analysis was completed during the second quarter of 2019. The long-lived assets reviewed for
impairment consisted of the customer relationship intangible, intellectual property, and right of use assets. The
Company completed an asset group recoverability evaluation based on the current estimated cash flow based
on forecasted revenues and operating income using significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3
inputs). Based on this calculation, the Company recorded an impairment expense of $2.0 million in the three
months ended June 30, 2019, which was included in Impairment losses in the Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income (Loss). As part of the $2.0 million impairment $0.4 million was assigned to the customer
relationship intangible asset and $0.2 million to the IP intangible asset. At December 31, 2020, the Company
reviewed the evaluation completed as of June 30, 2019, and noted no material changes, thus no additional
impairment is required.
Customer relationships are being amortized over the remaining weighted average useful life of 7.1 years and
other intangible assets are being amortized over the remaining weighted average useful life of 2.9 years.
Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $16.2 million, $10.5 million and $10.8 million for the
years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
F-29
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Expected future amortization of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 is as follows (in thousands):
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
Thereafter
Total
(8)
DERIVATIVES
Cash Flow Hedges
$
18,041
17,313
16,072
13,174
11,140
36,319
$ 112,059
The Company enters into foreign exchange related derivatives. Foreign exchange derivatives entered into
consist of forward and option contracts to reduce the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. Upon proper qualification,
these contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. It is the Company’s policy to only enter into derivative
contracts with investment grade counterparty financial institutions, and correspondingly, the fair value of
derivative assets considers, among other factors, the creditworthiness of these counterparties. Conversely, the
fair value of derivative liabilities reflects the Company’s creditworthiness. As of December 31, 2020, the
Company had not experienced, nor does it anticipate, any issues related to derivative counterparty defaults.
The following table summarizes the aggregate unrealized net gain or loss in Accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands and net of tax):
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
Aggregate unrealized net gain/(loss) at beginning of period
Add: Net gain/(loss) from change in fair value of cash flow hedges
Less: Net (gain)/loss reclassified to earnings from effective hedges
Aggregate unrealized net gain/(loss) at end of period
$
$
4,182 $
2,321
1,928
8,431 $
(8,278) $
15,545
(3,085)
4,182 $
(15,746)
20,278
(12,810)
(8,278)
The Company’s foreign exchange cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are
summarized as follows (in thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts.
As of December 31, 2020
Canadian Dollar
Philippine Peso
Mexican Peso
Local
Currency
Notional
Amount
U.S. Dollar
Notional
Amount
% Maturing
in the next
12 months
2,450 $
6,725,000
1,159,500
$
1,853
130,468 (1)
52,398
184,719
Contracts
Maturing
Through
July 2021
100.0 %
54.9 % December 2023
51.1 % December 2023
As of December 31, 2019
Philippine Peso
Mexican Peso
Local
Currency
Notional
Amount
7,715,000
1,299,500
U.S. Dollar
Notional
Amount
147,654 (1)
61,529
209,183
$
(1)
Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for New Zealand dollars and Australian
dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
F-30
Table of Contents
Fair Value Hedges
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to economically hedge against foreign currency
exchange gains and losses on certain receivables and payables of the Company’s foreign operations. Changes
in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges are recognized in earnings in Other
income (expense), net. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the total notional amount of the Company’s forward
contracts used as fair value hedges was $35.5 million and $64.5 million, respectively.
Derivative Valuation and Settlements
The Company’s derivatives as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows (in thousands):
Designation:
Derivative contract type:
Derivative classification:
December 31, 2020
Designated
as Hedging
Instruments
Foreign
Exchange
Cash Flow
Not Designated
as Hedging
Instruments
Foreign
Exchange
Fair Value
Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:
Prepaids and other current assets
Other long-term assets
Other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total fair value of derivatives, net
$
$
6,939 $
4,528
(73)
(4)
11,390 $
103
—
(118)
—
(15)
Designation:
Derivative contract type:
Derivative classification:
December 31, 2019
Designated
as Hedging
Instruments
Foreign
Exchange
Cash Flow
Not Designated
as Hedging
Instruments
Foreign
Exchange
Fair Value
Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:
Prepaids and other current assets
Other long-term assets
Other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total fair value of derivatives, net
$
$
3,467 $
3,525
(1,223)
(95)
5,674 $
205
—
(107)
—
98
F-31
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the
years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows (in thousands):
Designation:
Derivative contract type:
Derivative classification:
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Designated as Hedging
Instruments
Foreign Exchange
Cash Flow
Amount of gain or (loss) recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss) - effective
portion, net of tax
$
1,928 $
(3,085)
Amount and location of net gain or (loss) reclassified from Accumulated OCI to income
- effective portion:
Revenue
Designation:
Derivative contract type:
Derivative classification:
$
2,618 $
(4,228)
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Not Designated as
Hedging Instruments
Foreign Exchange
Fair Value
Amount and location of net gain or (loss) recognized in the Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income (Loss):
Other income (expense), net
$
205 $
1,773
(9)
FAIR VALUE
The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that
prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the use
of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure
fair value are as follows:
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for
similar assets and liabilities in active markets, similar assets and liabilities in markets that
are not active or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant
to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted
cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.
The following presents information as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 of the Company’s assets and liabilities
required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the fair value hierarchy used to determine
their fair value.
Accounts Receivable and Payable - The amounts recorded in the accompanying balance sheets approximate
fair value because of their short-term nature.
F-32
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Investments – The Company measures investments, including cost and equity method investments, at fair value
on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The fair values of these
investments are determined based on valuation techniques using the best information available, and may
include market observable inputs and discounted cash flow projections. An impairment charge is recorded when
the cost of the investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than-temporary.
As of December 31, 2020, the investment in CaféX Communications, Inc., which consists of the Company’s
total $15.6 million investment, was fully impaired to zero (see Note 2).
Debt - The Company’s debt consists primarily of the Company’s Credit Agreement, which permits floating-rate
borrowings based upon the current Prime Rate or LIBOR plus a credit spread as determined by the Company’s
leverage ratio calculation (as defined in the Credit Agreement). As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the
Company had $385.0 million and $290.0 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding under the Credit
Agreement. During 2020 and 2019, borrowings accrued interest at an average rate of 1.6% and 3.4% per
annum, respectively, excluding unused commitment fees. The amounts recorded in the accompanying Balance
Sheets approximate fair value due to the variable nature of the debt based on level 2 inputs.
Derivatives - Net derivative assets (liabilities) are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The portfolio is
valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward and spot foreign exchange
rates, interest rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk, including the ability of each party to execute
its obligations under the contract. As of December 31, 2020, credit risk did not materially change the fair value
of the Company’s derivative contracts.
The following is a summary of the Company’s fair value measurements for its net derivative assets (liabilities)
as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
As of December 31, 2020
Fair Value Measurements Using
Quoted Prices in Significant
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Other
Significant
Observable Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Inputs
(Level 3)
Cash flow hedges
Fair value hedges
Total net derivative asset (liability)
$
$
— $
—
— $
11,390 $
(15)
11,375 $
As of December 31, 2019
Fair Value Measurements Using
Quoted Prices in Significant
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Other
Significant
Observable Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Inputs
(Level 3)
At Fair Value
11,390
(15)
11,375
— $
—
— $
At Fair Value
5,674
98
5,772
— $
—
— $
Cash flow hedges
Fair value hedges
Total net derivative asset (liability)
$
$
— $
—
— $
5,674 $
98
5,772 $
F-33
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The following is a summary of the Company’s fair value measurements as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in
thousands):
As of December 31, 2020
Fair Value Measurements Using
Assets
Derivative instruments, net
Total assets
Liabilities
Deferred compensation plan liability
Derivative instruments, net
Contingent consideration
Total liabilities
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
As of December 31, 2019
Assets
Derivative instruments, net
Total assets
Liabilities
Deferred compensation plan liability
Derivative instruments, net
Contingent consideration
Total liabilities
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for Significant Other
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
$
$
$
$
$
— $
— $
11,375 $
11,375 $
—
—
— $
—
—
— $
— $
(23,858) $
—
—
(23,858) $
—
—
(18,032)
(18,032)
— $
(52,976)
Fair Value Measurements Using
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for Significant Other
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
$
$
$
$
$
— $
— $
— $
—
—
— $
— $
5,772 $
5,772 $
—
—
(20,370) $
—
—
(20,370) $
—
—
(6,134)
(6,134)
— $
(48,923)
Deferred Compensation Plan - The Company maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan structured
as a Rabbi trust for certain eligible employees. Participants in the deferred compensation plan select from a
menu of phantom investment options for their deferral dollars offered by the Company each year, which are
based upon changes in value of complementary, defined market investments. The deferred compensation
liability represents the combined values of market investments against which participant accounts are tracked.
Contingent Consideration — The Company recorded contingent consideration related to the acquisitions of
FCR and VF. The contingent payable for FCR was recognized at fair value using a discounted cash flow
approach and a discount rate of 16.7%. The contingent payable for VF US was calculated using a Monte Carlo
simulation including a discount rate of 23.1%. The contingent payable for VF Asean was calculated using a
Monte Carlo simulation including a discount rate of 18.4% The measurements were based on significant inputs
not observable in the market. The Company records interest expense each period using the effective interest
method until the future value of these contingent payables reaches their expected future value. Interest expense
related to all recorded contingent payables is included in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income (Loss).
F-34
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
During the first, second and fourth quarters of 2020, the Company recorded fair value adjustments to the
contingent consideration associated with the FCR acquisition based on decreased estimates of EBITDA which
caused the estimated payable to decrease. Accordingly, a $3.3 million decrease, a $1.1 million decrease and
a $1.8 million decrease to the payable were recorded as of March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and December 31,
2020, respectively, and were included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2020, the final calculated contingent consideration for FCR
is zero.
During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company recorded fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration
associated with the VF acquisitions based on increased actual results and estimates of EBITDA for 2021 which
caused the payables to increase. Accordingly, a combined $4.3 million increase to the payables was recorded
as of December 31, 2020, and was included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income (Loss).
During the fourth quarter of 2018 and the second quarter of 2019, the Company recorded fair value adjustments
to the contingent consideration associated with the SCS acquisition based on decreased estimates of EBITDA
which caused the estimated payable to be zero for both future payments. Accordingly, a $0.3 million and a $2.5
million decrease to the payable were recorded as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively, and
were included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Loss). As of December 31, 2019, the EBITDA was below the target, thus the contingent consideration was
finalized with a zero value.
A rollforward of the activity in the Company’s fair value of the contingent consideration is as follows
(in thousands):
December 31,
2019
Acquisitions Payments Adjustments
Imputed
Interest /
December 31,
2020
FCR
VF US
VF ASEAN
Total
SCS
FCR
Total
$
$
6,134 $
—
—
6,134 $
— $
10,943
2,778
13,721 $
— $
—
—
— $
(6,134) $
3,142
1,169
(1,823) $
—
14,085
3,947
18,032
December 31,
2018
Acquisitions Payments Adjustments
Imputed
Interest /
December 31,
2019
$
$
2,363 $
—
2,363 $
— $
6,134
6,134 $
— $
—
— $
(2,363) $
—
(2,363) $
—
6,134
6,134
(10)
INCOME TAXES
The sources of pre-tax operating income are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
Domestic
Foreign
Total
$ 129,620 $ 39,864 $ (13,926)
70,164
56,238
$ 170,268 $ 110,411 $
70,547
40,648
The Company’s selection of an accounting policy with respect to both the GILTI and BEAT rules is to compute
the related taxes in the period the entity becomes subject to either. A reasonable estimate of the effects of these
provisions has been included in the 2020 annual financial statements.
F-35
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Minimal changes in indefinite reinvestment assertion were made during the year. The Company has completed
its analysis in regard to the full tax impact related to prior changes in indefinite reinvestment reassertion and
any related taxes have been recorded. No additional income taxes have been provided for any remaining
outside basis difference inherent in the Company’s foreign subsidiaries as these amounts continue to be
indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. Determination of any unrecognized deferred tax liability related to
the outside basis difference in investments in foreign subsidiaries is not practicable due to the inherent
complexity of the multi-national tax environment in which the Company operates.
On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted
and signed into law. The CARES Act did not materially affect our fourth quarter income tax provision, deferred
tax assets and liabilities, or related taxes payable. We are continuing to assess the future implications of these
provisions within the CARES Act but do not expect there to be a material impact on our financial statements at
this time.
The components of the Company’s Provision for (benefit from) income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
Current provision for (benefit from)
Federal
State
Foreign
Total current provision for (benefit from)
Deferred provision for (benefit from)
Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred provision for (benefit from)
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$ 22,763 $
9,871
13,496
46,130
5,289 $ 2,771
2,754
2,826
18,933
18,938
24,458
27,053
(2,390)
(254)
(2,549)
(5,193)
(943)
(138)
(6,894)
(7,975)
$ 40,937 $ 25,677 $ 16,483
2,515
118
(4,009)
(1,376)
The following reconciles the Company’s effective tax rate to the federal statutory rate (in thousands):
Income tax per U.S. federal statutory rate (21%, 21%, 21%)
State income taxes, net of federal deduction
Change in valuation allowances
Foreign income taxes at different rates than the U.S.
Foreign withholding taxes
Losses in international markets without tax benefits
Nondeductible compensation under Section 162(m)
Liabilities for uncertain tax positions
Permanent difference related to foreign exchange gains
(Income) losses of foreign branch operations
Non-taxable earnings of noncontrolling interest
Foreign dividend less foreign tax credits
Decrease (increase) to deferred tax asset - change in tax rate
State and Federal income tax credits and NOL's
Foreign earnings taxed currently in U.S.
Taxes related to prior year filings
Taxes related to acquisition accounting
Other
Income tax per effective tax rate
2019
Year Ended December 31,
2018
2020
$ 35,756 $ 23,186 $ 11,810
2,003
2,191
(3,758)
785
(68)
615
1,105
136
475
(594)
(1,748)
(1,944)
19
3,976
(1,659)
2,110
1,029
$ 40,937 $ 25,677 $ 16,483
6,923
3,903
(783)
106
(1,656)
656
2,882
(71)
(10)
(1,964)
(1,723)
(48)
(3,918)
1,936
(1,718)
1,317
(651)
3,144
9,832
(3,356)
600
(2,651)
668
661
36
55
(1,294)
(1,681)
(2,848)
(1,176)
2,172
(1,643)
978
(1,006)
Effective tax rate percentage
24.0%
23.3%
29.3%
F-36
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands):
Deferred tax assets, gross
Accrued workers compensation, deferred compensation and employee benefits
Allowance for credit losses, insurance and other accruals
Amortization of deferred lease liabilities
Net operating losses
Equity compensation
Customer acquisition and deferred revenue accruals
Federal and state tax credits, net
Unrealized losses on derivatives
Impairment of equity investment
Partnership Investment
Other
Total deferred tax assets, gross
Valuation allowances
Total deferred tax assets, net
Deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation and amortization
Unrealized gain on derivatives
Contract acquisition costs
Intangible assets
Operating lease assets
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
8,574
4,463
20,352
20,508
1,660
6,868
2,383
1,187
4,064
526
5,444
76,029
(18,697)
57,332
(10,734)
(2,959)
(3,182)
(15,880)
(16,763)
(480)
(49,998)
7,334
$
$
7,999
3,393
25,757
19,222
1,442
9,047
1,263
1,421
4,142
2,435
1,322
77,443
(17,051)
60,392
(6,095)
(1,491)
(5,740)
(22,585)
(21,413)
(407)
(57,731)
2,661
$
Quarterly, the Company assesses the likelihood by jurisdiction that its net deferred tax assets will be recovered.
Based on the weight of all available evidence, both positive and negative, the Company records a valuation
allowance against deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a future tax benefit will not be realized.
As of December 31, 2020 the Company had approximately $1.2 million of net deferred tax liabilities in the
U.S. and $8.5 million of net deferred tax assets related to certain international locations whose recoverability is
dependent upon their future profitability. As of December 31, 2020 the deferred tax valuation allowance was
$18.7 million and related primarily to tax losses in foreign jurisdictions which do not meet the “more-likely-than-
not” standard under current accounting guidance.
When there is a change in judgment concerning the recovery of deferred tax assets in future periods, a valuation
allowance is recorded into earnings during the quarter in which the change in judgment occurred. In 2020, the
Company made adjustments to its deferred tax assets and corresponding valuation allowances. The net change
to the valuation allowance consisted of the following: a $1.1 million increase related to capital loss carry forwards
and other credit carry forwards not expected to be utilized in New Zealand and the United Kingdom, a $3.6
million increase in valuation allowance in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Canada, Luxembourg, Turkey, the
United States and Australia for deferred tax assets that do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard, a $1.1
million release of valuation allowance in the U.S. related to capital loss carry forwards not expected to be
utilized, and a $1.9 million release of valuation allowance in Luxembourg, Ireland, and various other jurisdictions
related to the utilization or write-off of deferred tax assets.
F-37
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Activity in the Company’s valuation allowance accounts consists of the following (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
Beginning balance
Additions of deferred income tax expense
Reductions of deferred income tax expense
Ending balance
2018
2019
2020
$ 17,051 $ 10,867 $
9,526
2,913
(1,572)
$ 18,697 $ 17,051 $ 10,867
4,650
(3,004)
7,373
(1,189)
As of December 31, 2020, after consideration of all tax loss and tax credit carry back opportunities, the
Company had tax affected tax loss carry forwards worldwide expiring as follows (in thousands):
2021
2022
2023
2024
After 2024
No expiration
Total
$
2
3
183
4
11,229
9,087
$ 20,508
The Company has been granted “Tax Holidays” as an incentive to attract foreign investment by the governments
of the Philippines and Costa Rica. Generally, a Tax Holiday is an agreement between the Company and a
foreign government under which the Company receives certain tax benefits in that country, such as exemption
from taxation on profits derived from export-related activities. In the Philippines, the Company has been granted
multiple agreements, with an initial period of four years and additional periods for varying years, expiring at
various times between 2020 and 2022. The aggregate benefit to income tax expense for the years ended
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $4.4 million, $8.4 million and $8.2 million, respectively,
which had a favorable impact on diluted net income per share of $0.09, $0.18 and $0.18, respectively.
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
In accordance with ASC 740, the Company has recorded a reserve for uncertain tax positions. The total amount
of interest and penalties recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was approximately
$3.0 million, $2.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively.
The Company had a reserve for uncertain tax benefits, on a net basis, of $7.5 million and $4.8 million for the
years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The tabular reconciliation of the reserve for uncertain tax benefits on a gross basis without interest for the three
years ended December 31, 2020 is presented below (in thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2017
Additions for current year tax positions
Reductions in prior year tax positions
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Additions for current year tax positions
Reductions in prior year tax positions
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Additions for current year tax positions
Reductions in prior year tax positions
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$
3,298
3,600
(2,114)
4,784
—
—
4,784
2,725
—
7,509
$
At December 31, 2020, the amount of uncertain tax benefits including interest, that, if recognized, would reduce
tax expense was $10.5 million. Within the next 12 months, it is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax
benefits may be reduced by $3.9 million as a result of the expiration of various statutes of limitation or other
confirmations of tax positions.
F-38
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries (including Percepta LLC and its domestic and foreign
subsidiaries) file income tax returns as required in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign
jurisdictions. The following table presents the major tax jurisdictions and tax years that are open as of
December 31, 2020 and subject to examination by the respective tax authorities:
Tax Jurisdiction
United States
Australia
India
Canada
Mexico
Philippines
Tax Year Ended
2017 to present
2016 to present
2015 to present
2016 to present
2015 to present
2017 to present
The Company’s U.S. income tax returns filed for the tax years ending December 31, 2017 to present, remain
open tax years. The Company has been notified of the intent to audit, or is currently under audit of, income
taxes for the United States for tax year 2017 and 2018, and the Philippines for tax years 2017 and 2018. During
2020, the Company confirmed the closure of the Canadian audit for tax years 2009 and 2010, and the state of
New York for tax years 2015 through 2017 with no material changes to the financial statements. Although the
outcome of examinations by taxing authorities are always uncertain, it is the opinion of management that the
resolution of these audits will not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
(11)
RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND IMPAIRMENT LOSSES
Restructuring Charges
During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company continued restructuring activities
primarily associated with reductions in the Company’s capacity, workforce and related management in both
segments to better align the capacity and workforce with current business needs.
During 2020 and 2018, TTEC determined it would close several delivery centers in the Engage segment and a
$2.2 million and a net $4.8 million, respectively, was expensed related to early termination fees and cease use
lease accruals. These expenses are included in the Restructuring charges, net in the Consolidated Statements
of Comprehensive Income (Loss).
A summary of the expenses recorded for restructuring and included in Restructuring charges, net in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31,
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, is as follows (in thousands):
Reduction in force
TTEC Digital
TTEC Engage
Total
Facility exit and other charges
TTEC Digital
TTEC Engage
Total
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$
$
668
396
1,064
$
$
141
894
1,035
$
$
133
694
827
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
$
$
90
2,110
2,200
$
$
41
671
712
$
$
—
5,304
5,304
F-39
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
A rollforward of the activity in the Company’s restructuring accruals for the years ended December 31, 2020
and 2019, respectively, is as follows (in thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Expense
Payments
Changes due to foreign currency
Changes in estimates
Reclassifications due to ASU 842 implementation
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Expense
Payments
Changes due to foreign currency
Changes in estimates
Balance as of December 31, 2020
Reduction
in Force
Facility Exit and
Other Charges
Total
$
$
416
1,039
(1,145)
(55)
(4)
—
251
1,064
(1,067)
(14)
(78)
156
$
$
3,226
712
(962)
15
—
(2,917)
74
2,200
(1,729)
(2)
—
543
$
$
3,642
1,751
(2,107)
(40)
(4)
(2,917)
325
3,264
(2,796)
(16)
(78)
699
The remaining restructuring and other accruals are expected to be paid or extinguished during 2021 and are all
classified as current liabilities within Other accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Severance Charges
In the normal course of business, the Company will pay severance to terminated employees related to programs
that are ending who are no longer needed and cannot be repurposed to a new program.
During the second quarter of 2020, a $3.0 million accrual was recorded with the expense included in Cost of
services during the quarter ended June 30, 2020. During the third and fourth quarters, a total of $1.6 million
was paid and a $0.3 million reduction in expense was recorded. The accrual is expected to be paid or
extinguished during the next six months and thus is classified as current liabilities within Other accrued
expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Impairment Losses
During each of the periods presented, the Company evaluated the recoverability of its leasehold improvement
assets at certain customer engagement centers. An asset is considered to be impaired when the anticipated
undiscounted future cash flows of its asset group are estimated to be less than the asset group’s carrying value.
The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its
fair value. To determine fair value, the Company used Level 3 inputs in its discounted cash flows analysis.
Assumptions included the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates.
During 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized impairment losses, net related to leasehold
improvement assets and right of use lease assets of $5.8 million, $2.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively,
across the TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage segments.
(12)
INDEBTEDNESS
Credit Facility
On February 14, 2019, the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment to its Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreement originally dated as of June 3, 2013 (collectively
the “Credit Agreement”) for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender which matures on February 14, 2024
(the “Credit Facility”).
F-40
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The maximum commitment under the Credit Facility is $900.0 million with an accordion feature of up to $1.2
billion in the aggregate, if certain conditions are satisfied. The Credit Facility commitment fees are payable to
the lenders in an amount equal to the unused portion of the Credit Facility multiplied by a rate per annum as
determined by reference to the Company’s net leverage ratio. The Credit Agreement contains customary
affirmative, negative, and financial covenants, which remained unchanged from the 2016 Credit Facility, except
that the Company is now obligated to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00, and a minimum
Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement permits accounts receivable factoring up to the
greater of $75 million or 25 percent of the average book value of all accounts receivable over the most recent
twelve month period.
Base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greatest of (i) Wells Fargo’s prime rate, (ii) one half of 1% in
excess of the federal funds effective rate, and (iii) 1.25% in excess of the one month London Interbank Offered
Rate (“LIBOR”); plus in each case a margin of 0% to 0.75% based on the Company’s net leverage ratio.
Eurodollar loans bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.0% to 1.75% based on the Company’s net leverage
ratio. Alternate currency loans bear interest at rates applicable to their respective currencies.
Letter of credit fees are one eighth of 1% of the stated amount of the letter of credit on the date of issuance,
renewal or amendment, plus an annual fee equal to the borrowing margin for Eurodollar loans.
The Company primarily utilizes its Credit Agreement to fund working capital, general operations, dividends,
acquisitions, and other strategic activities. As of December 31, 2020, and 2019, the Company had borrowings
of $385.0 million and $290.0 million, respectively, under its Credit Agreement, and its average daily utilization
was $550.9 million and $331.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The
Company had increased borrowings under the Credit Agreement from late March 2020 through late September
2020, related to precautionary measures taken to proactively strengthen the Company’s cash reserves and
financial flexibility in response to COVID-19 related uncertainties. As of September 30, 2020, those additional
borrowings had been repaid. Based on the current level of availability based on the covenant calculations, the
Company’s remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $510.0 million as of December 31, 2020. As of
December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and conditions under its Credit
Agreement.
(13)
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Letters of Credit
As of December 31, 2020, outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Agreement totaled $2.8 million and
primarily guaranteed workers’ compensation and other insurance related obligations. As of December 31, 2020,
letters of credit and contract performance guarantees issued outside of the Credit Agreement totaled $0.8
million.
Guarantees
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by certain of the Company’s present and future
domestic subsidiaries.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company has been involved in legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise
in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for exposures associated with such legal actions to
the extent that losses are deemed both probable and reasonably estimable. To the extent specific reserves
have not been made for certain legal proceedings, their ultimate outcome, and consequently, an estimate of
possible loss, if any, cannot reasonably be determined at this time.
Based on currently available information and advice received from counsel, the Company believes that the
disposition or ultimate resolution of any current legal proceedings, except as otherwise specifically reserved for
in its financial statements, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, cash
flows or results of operations.
F-41
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(14)
DEFERRED REVENUE AND COSTS
Deferred revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
Deferred Revenue - Current
Deferred Revenue - Long-term (included in Other long-term liabilities)
Total Deferred Revenue
2019
2020
$ 39,956 $ 39,447
23,142
$ 57,390 $ 62,589
17,434
Deferred costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
Deferred Costs - Current (included in Prepaids and other current assets)
Deferred Costs - Long-term (included in Other long-term assets)
Total Deferred Costs
2019
2020
$ 25,669 $ 26,092
25,436
$ 43,684 $ 51,528
18,015
Activity in the Company’s Deferred revenue accounts consists of the following (in thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2019
Additions
Amortization
Balance as of December 31, 2020
(15)
LEASES
$
$
62,589
136,852
(142,051)
57,390
Operating leases are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as Operating lease assets, Current operating
lease liabilities and Non-current operating lease liabilities. Finance leases are included in Property, plant and
equipment, Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The
Company primarily leases real estate and equipment under various arrangements that provide the Company
the right-of-use for the underlying asset that require lease payments over the lease term. The Company
determines the value of each lease by computing the present value of each lease payment using the interest
rate implicit in the lease, if available; otherwise the Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate over the
lease term. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate based on its estimated credit risk with
adjustments for each individual leases’ geographical risk and lease term. Operating lease assets also include
prepaid rent and initial direct costs less any tenant improvements.
The Company’s real estate portfolio typically includes one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that
generally can extend the lease term from one to 10 years. The exercise of these lease renewal options is at the
Company’s discretion and is included in the lease term only if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise.
The Company also has service arrangements whereby it controls specific space provided by a third-party
service provider. These arrangements meet the definition of a lease and are accounted for under ASC 842.
Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included
in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company’s lease agreements do not
contain any material residual value guarantees or restrictive guarantees.
F-42
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in
thousands):
Description
Location in Statements of
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of ROU assets - finance leases
Interest expense
Interest on lease liabilities - finance leases
Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments) Cost of services
Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments) Selling, general and administrative
Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments) Restructuring
Operating lease cost
Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments) Other income (expense), net
Short-term lease cost
Variable lease cost (cost excluded from lease payments
Less: Sublease income
Less: Sublease income
Total lease cost
Cost of services
Cost of services
Selling, general and administrative
Other income (expense), net
Impairment
$
$
$
7,661
203
46,375
2,040
1,232
5,127
1,149
3,888
(287)
(836)
(2,464)
64,088 $
7157
141
47,269
3,731
—
—
968
4,338
—
(445)
(1,984)
61,175
Other supplementary information for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (dollar values
in thousands):
Finance lease - operating cash flows
Finance lease - financing cash flows
Operating lease - operating cash flows (fixed payments)
New ROU assets - operating leases
Modified ROU assets - operating leases
New ROU assets - finance leases
Weighted average remaining lease term - finance leases
Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases
Weighted average discount rate - finance leases
Weighted average discount rate - operating leases
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2020
$
$
$
$
$
$
68 $
7,911 $
55,862 $
6,834 $
6,485 $
2,292 $
103
10,251
51,898
15,494
46,543
6,133
December 31, 2020
2.46 years
3.73 years
1.64%
6.95%
December 31, 2019
2.91 years
4.27 years
1.43%
7.22%
Operating and financing lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities within our Consolidated Balance Sheet
as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):
Description
Location in Balance Sheet
December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019
Assets
Operating lease assets
Finance lease assets
Total leased assets
Operating lease assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
$
$
120,820 $
12,659
133,479 $
150,808
18,016
168,824
Liabilities
Current
Operating
Finance
Non-current
Operating
Finance
Current operating lease liabilities
Other current liabilities
$
Non-current operating lease liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total lease liabilities
$
43,651 $
6,193
98,277
4,763
152,884 $
45,218
7,470
127,395
8,896
188,979
F-43
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The future minimum operating lease and finance lease payments required under non-cancelable leases as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2020
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments
Less imputed interest
Total lease liability
December 31, 2019
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments
Less imputed interest
Total lease liability
Income
Leases
$ 51,120 $
46,913
31,085
17,338
8,288
8,397
Operating Sub-lease Finance
Leases
(3,500) $ 6,237
2,740
1,631
579
—
—
$ 163,141 $ (16,447) $ 11,187
(231)
$ 10,956
(3,489)
(3,123)
(2,905)
(2,940)
(490)
(21,213)
$ 141,928
Leases
$ 54,903 $ (2,976) $
Operating Sub-lease Finance
Leases
Income
7,594
5,587
2,139
1,109
331
—
$ 203,737 $ (4,143) $ 16,760
(394)
$ 16,366
47,892
43,590
28,124
14,494
14,734
(621)
(345)
(201)
—
—
(31,124)
$ 172,613
In 2008, the Company sub-leased one of its customer engagement centers to a third party for the remaining
term of the lease. The sub-lease began on January 1, 2009 and rental income is recognized on a straight-line
basis over the term of the sub-lease through 2026. In 2017, the Company sub-leased one of its office spaces
for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on November 6, 2017 and ends May 31,
2021. In 2019, the Company sub-leased one of its office spaces for the remaining term of the original lease.
The sub-lease began on March 1, 2019 and ends July 21, 2023. In 2020, the Company sub-leased one of its
office spaces for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on February 6, 2020 and ends
on June 14, 2023.
(16) OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
The components of Other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in
thousands):
Deferred revenue
Deferred compensation plan
Other
Total
December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019
$
$
17,434 $
23,858
54,893
96,185 $
23,142
20,370
36,129
79,641
F-44
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(17)
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following table presents changes in the accumulated balance for each component of Other comprehensive
income (loss), including current period other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassifications out of
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands):
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
Derivative
Valuation, Net
of Tax
Other, Net
of Tax
Totals
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at
December 31, 2017
$
(84,100) $
(15,746) $
(2,458) $ (102,304)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss)
Net current period other comprehensive (income) loss
(30,068)
20,278
712
(9,078)
—
(30,068)
(12,810)
7,468
(404)
308
(13,214)
(22,292)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at
December 31, 2018
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at
December 31, 2018
$
(114,168) $
(8,278) $
(2,150) $ (124,596)
$
(114,168) $
(8,278) $
(2,150) $ (124,596)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss)
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)
6,688
—
6,688
15,545
(588)
21,645
(3,085)
12,460
(198)
(786)
(3,283)
18,362
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at
December 31, 2019
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at
December 31, 2019
$
(107,480) $
4,182 $
(2,936) $ (106,234)
$
(107,480) $
4,182 $
(2,936) $ (106,234)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss)
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)
9,722
2,321
1,016
13,059
19,619
29,341
1,928
4,249
(528)
488
21,019
34,078
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at
December 31, 2020
$
(78,139) $
8,431 $
(2,448) $ (72,156)
The following table presents the classification and amount of the reclassifications from Accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) to the Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (in thousands):
For the Year Ended December 31, Comprehensive Income
2020
2019
2018
(Loss) Classification
Statement of
Derivative valuation
Loss on foreign currency forward exchange contracts
Tax effect
$
2,618 $
(690)
$
1,928 $
(4,228) $ (17,548) Revenue
1,143
(3,085) $ (12,810) Net income (loss)
4,738 Provision for income taxes
Other
Actuarial loss on defined benefit plan
Tax effect
$
$
(588) $
60
(528) $
(221) $
23
(198) $
(446) Cost of services
42 Provision for income taxes
(404) Net income (loss)
F-45
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(18) WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARE COUNTS
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted shares for the periods indicated
(in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
Shares used in basic earnings per share calculation
46,647
46,373
46,064
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options
Restricted stock units
Performance-based restricted stock units
Total effects of dilutive securities
Shares used in dilutive earnings per share calculation
—
318
28
346
46,993
—
349
36
385
46,758
6
314
1
321
46,385
For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were no options to purchase shares of common
stock or performance-based restricted stock that were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted
net income per share because the exercise price exceeded the value of the shares and the effect would have
been anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, restricted stock units of
8 thousand, 28 thousand, and 212 thousand, respectively, were outstanding but not included in the computation
of diluted net income per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.
(19)
EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS
Employee Benefit Plan
The Company currently has a 401(k) profit-sharing plan that allows participation by U.S. employees who have
completed six months of service, as defined, and are 21 years of age or older. Participants may defer up to
75% of their gross pay, up to a maximum limit determined by U.S. federal law. Participants are also eligible for
a matching contribution. The Company may from time to time, at its discretion, make a “matching contribution”
based on the amount and rate of the elective deferrals. The Company determines how much, if any, it will
contribute for each dollar of elective deferrals. Participants vest in matching contributions over a three-year
period. Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plan(s) totaled $4.2 million, $6.7 million and $5.2 million
for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Equity Compensation Plans
In February 2020, the Company adopted the TTEC Holdings, Inc., 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”),
which permits awards of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares
of restricted common stock, performance stock units and restricted stock units. The 2020 Plan will also provide
for annual equity-based compensation grants to members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Options
granted to employees under the 2020 Plan generally vest over three to five years and have a contractual life of
ten years. Options issued to Directors vest over one year and have a contractual life of ten years. At the 2020
Annual Stockholder Meeting, the Company received shareholder approval for the 2020 Plan, including 4.0
million shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under the Plan.
For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company recorded total equity-based
compensation expense under all equity-based arrangements (stock options and RSUs) of $12.5 million,
$12.8 million and $12.1 million, respectively. For 2020, 2019 and 2018, of the total compensation expense, $4.3
million, $4.7 million and $4.7 million was recognized in Cost of services and $8.2 million, $8.1 million and $7.4
million, was recognized in Selling, general and administrative in the Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Income (Loss), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the
Company recognized a tax benefit under all equity-based arrangements (stock options and RSUs) of
$3.5 million, $4.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively.
F-46
Table of Contents
Restricted Stock Units
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
2018, 2019 and 2020 RSU Awards: The Company granted RSUs in 2018, 2019 and 2020 to new and existing
employees that vest over four or five years. The Company also granted RSUs in 2018, 2019 and 2020 to
members of the Board of Directors that vest over one year.
Summary of RSUs: Settlement of the RSUs shall be made in shares of the Company’s common stock by
delivery of one share of common stock for each RSU then being settled. The Company calculates the fair value
for RSUs based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and records compensation
expense over the vesting period using a straight-line method. The Company factors an estimated forfeiture rate
in calculating compensation expense on RSUs and adjusts for actual forfeitures upon the vesting of each
tranche of RSUs. The Company also factors in the present value of the estimated dividend payments that will
have accrued as these RSUs are vesting.
The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs, including performance-based RSUs, granted during the
years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $44.70, $40.10, and $35.15, respectively. The total
intrinsic value and fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was
$11.5 million, $12.5 million, and $12.5 million, respectively.
Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Grants
During 2019, the Company awarded performance restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) that are subject to service
and performance vesting conditions. If defined minimum targets are met, the annual value of the PRSUs issued
will be between $0.4 million and $1.4 million and vest immediately. If the defined minimum targets are not met,
then no shares will be issued. The award amounts are based on the Company’s annual adjusted operating
income for the fiscal years 2019, 2020 and 2021. Each fiscal year’s adjusted operating income will determine
the award amount. The Company recognized compensation expense related to PRSUs of $1.1 million and $1.4
million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
During 2020, the Company awarded PRSUs that are subject to service and performance vesting conditions. If
defined minimum targets are met, Company shares will be issued that vest immediately. If the defined minimum
targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The number of shares awarded are based on the Company’s
annual revenue and adjusted operating income for the fiscal years 2021 and 2022. Each fiscal year’s revenue
and adjusted operating income will determine the award amount. Expense for these awards will begin at the
start of the requisite service period, beginning January 1, 2021.
A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs and activity for the
year ended December 31, 2020 is as follows:
Unvested as of December 31, 2019
Granted
Vested
Cancellations/expirations
Unvested as of December 31, 2020
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Shares
768,472 $
695,467 $
(358,579) $
(76,184) $
1,029,176 $
33.11
44.70
32.04
35.83
41.12
All RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2020 were issued out of treasury stock. As of
December 31, 2020, there was approximately $25.7 million of total unrecognized compensation expense and
approximately $75.1 million in total intrinsic value related to non-vested RSU grants. The unrecognized
compensation expense will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.6 years
using the straight-line method.
F-47
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(20)
STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
Stock Repurchase Program
The Company has a stock repurchase program, which was initially authorized by the Company’s Board of
Directors in November 2001. As of December 31, 2020, the cumulative authorized repurchase allowance was
$762.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company purchased no additional shares. Since
inception of the program, the Company has purchased 46.1 million shares for $735.8 million. As of
December 31, 2020, the remaining allowance under the program was approximately $26.6 million. For the
period from January 1, 2021 through February 24, 2021, the Company did not purchase any additional shares.
The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.
(21)
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company entered into an agreement under which Avion, LLC (“Avion”) and Airmax LLC (“Airmax”) provide
certain aviation flight services as requested by the Company. Such services include the use of an aircraft and
flight crew. Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has an indirect 100%
beneficial ownership interest in Avion and Airmax. During 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company expensed
$0.4 million, $1.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively, to Avion and Airmax for services provided to the
Company. There was $67 thousand in payments due and outstanding to Avion and Airmax as of December 31,
2020.
During 2015, the Company entered into a contract to purchase software from CaféX, in which the Company
holds a 17.8% equity investment. During 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company purchased zero, $50 thousand
and $61 thousand, respectively, of software from CaféX. See Note 2 for further information regarding this
investment.
Ms. Regina M. Paolillo, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of the Company, is a member of the board of
directors of Welltok, Inc., a consumer health SaaS company, and partner of the Company in a joint venture.
During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded revenue of $3.0 million,
$5.3 million and $5.7 million, respectively, in connection with work performed through the joint venture.
F-48
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(22)
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
The following tables present certain quarterly financial data for the year ended December 31, 2020 (in
thousands except per share amounts).
First
Second Third
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Revenue
Cost of services
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring and integration charges, net
Impairment losses
Income from operations
Other income (expense)
Provision for income taxes
Non-controlling interest
Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic
Diluted
$ 432,213 $ 453,081 $ 492,980 $ 570,974
425,451
57,235
21,808
700
4,165
61,615
(3,366)
(11,284)
(2,542)
$ 21,534 $ 31,325 $ 21,366 $ 44,423
321,557
49,834
18,872
538
696
40,716
(5,832)
(10,199)
(3,151)
368,405
49,473
19,522
1,233
948
53,399
(20,852)
(8,415)
(2,766)
337,306
47,360
18,660
793
—
48,962
(4,374)
(11,039)
(2,224)
46,498
46,813
46,619
46,861
46,732
47,031
46,736
47,232
Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders
Basic
Diluted
$
$
0.46 $
0.46 $
0.67 $
0.67 $
0.46 $
0.45 $
0.95
0.94
Included in Other income (expense) in the first, second and fourth quarters is a $3.3 million benefit, a $1.1
million benefit and a $2.5 million expense, respectively, related to the fair value adjustments of contingent
consideration for the acquisitions.
Included in the first and second quarters is a $2.5 million expense and a $17.4 million expense, respectively,
related to the deconsolidation of three subsidiaries and the related removal of the Currency Translation
Adjustments.
Included in Other Income (expense) in the first quarter is an interest expense charge related to the purchase
for the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition for $6.2 million.
Included in the Provision for Income Taxes is: a $0.6 million expense in the fourth quarter, a $1.9 million expense
in the third quarter, a $0.2 million expense in the second quarter, and a $0.2 million expense in the first quarter
related to changes in tax contingent liabilities; a $2.3 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.4 million expense
in the second quarter and a $0.1 million expense in the first quarter related to return to provision adjustments;
a $3.0 million benefit in the third quarter related to dissolution of subsidiaries; a $1.0 million expense in the
fourth quarter, and a $0.9 million benefit in the second quarter and $0.3 million expense in the first quarter
related to changes in valuation allowances; a $0.2 million benefit in the second quarter and a $0.3 million benefit
in the first quarter related to restructuring charges; a $0.4 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.3 million
expense in the second quarter and a $0.9 million expense in the first quarter related to acquisition earn outs; a
$1.0 million benefit in the first quarter, a $1.0 million benefit in the second quarter, a $1.2 million benefit in the
third quarter and a $0.8 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to equity based compensation; a $1.1 million
benefit in the first quarter, a $1.0 million benefit in the second quarter, a $1.0 million benefit in the third quarter
and a $1.1 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to the amortization of purchased intangibles; and a $0.1
million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.1 million expense in the second quarter, and a $0.1 million benefit in
the first quarter of other items. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020
would have been 22.5%.
F-49
Table of Contents
TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The following tables present certain quarterly financial data for the year ended December 31, 2019
(in thousands except per share amounts).
First
Second Third
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Revenue
Cost of services
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring and integration charges, net
Impairment losses
Income from operations
Other income (expense)
Provision for income taxes
Non-controlling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to TTEC stockholders
$ 394,356 $ 392,515 $ 395,507 $ 461,326
345,694
53,894
18,634
175
166
42,763
(6,428)
(5,670)
(2,402)
$ 19,002 $ 11,798 $ 18,101 $ 28,263
293,334
49,720
16,743
961
1,506
32,092
(4,150)
(7,466)
(1,474)
304,622
48,062
16,659
183
—
25,981
(806)
(5,196)
(1,878)
299,237
50,864
17,050
428
2,063
22,873
(1,914)
(7,345)
(1,816)
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic
Diluted
46,203
46,590
46,318
46,684
46,481
46,768
46,487
46,830
Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders
Basic
Diluted
$
$
0.41 $
0.41 $
0.25 $
0.25 $
0.39 $
0.39 $
0.61
0.60
Included in Other income (expense) in the second quarter is a $2.4 million benefit related to the fair value
adjustment of contingent consideration for an acquisition.
Included in Other income (expense) in the third quarter is a $1.4 million benefit on recovery of receivables in
connection with the consulting business that is being wound down and a $0.7 million benefit on the sale of
trademarks.
Included in Other Income (expense) for each of the quarters is an interest expense charge related to the future
purchase for the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition - $1.3 million, $0.5 million, $0.8 million and $2.1 million
in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.
Included in the Provision for Income Taxes is: a $0.2 million expense in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million expense
in the third quarter, a $0.1 million expense in the second quarter, and a $0.2 million expense in the first quarter
related to changes in tax contingent liabilities; a $1.6 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million benefit
in the third quarter, a $0.1 million benefit in the second quarter and a $0.1 million expense in the first quarter
related to return to provision adjustments; a $2.8 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to tax rate changes;
a $2.2 million expense in the fourth quarter, and a $2.3 million expense in the second quarter related to changes
in valuation allowances; a $0.2 million benefit in the second quarter and a $0.7 million benefit in the first quarter
related to restructuring charges; a $1.2 million benefit in the first quarter, a $1.2 million benefit in the second
quarter, a $1.5 million benefit in the third quarter and a $0.8 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to equity
based compensation; a $0.8 million benefit in the first quarter, a $0.7 million benefit in the second quarter, a
$0.7 million benefit in the third quarter, a $0.7 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to the amortization of
purchased intangibles; and a $0.1 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million expense in the third quarter,
a $0.1 million expense in the second quarter, and a $0.1 million expense in the first quarter of other items.
Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019 would have been 24.4%.
F-50
Table of Contents
Exhibit 10.34
Independent Director Compensation Arrangements
The following compensation arrangements for TTEC Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) Independent Directors was adopted
by the TTEC Compensation Committee and its Board of Directors on February 24, 2021 to be effective as of the start of the
2021/2022 board cycle in May 2021 (the “Effective Date”) until otherwise modified by the Compensation Committee of the
Board. For purposes of these arrangements, the term Independent Director shall mean a director who is not an employee
director, whether or not the person qualifies as an “independent director” pursuant to the Rules of the NASDAQ Stock
Market as they apply to the Company.
1. Commencing as of the Effective Date, each Independent Director shall be paid as follows:
(a) An annual retainer of US $75,000 for Board service (“Annual Retainer”);
(b) Incremental to Annual Retainer, the Company will also provide special fees for services on Board Committees, if
any, as follows:
Chair of Audit Committee
Other Members of Audit Committee
Chair of Compensation Committee
Other Members of Compensation Committee
Chair of Nominating and Governance Committee
Other Members of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
$
$
$
$
$
$
27,000
13,500
20,000
10,000
15,000
7,500
(c) The annual equity grant in restricted stock units (“RSUs”) grant, to be made as of the date of the next Annual
Stockholder Meeting in the amount of US $130,000, based on the fair market value of the Company’s common
stock on the grant date; provided, however, that the Company will not issue RSUs that are convertible into fractional
shares of the Company’s common stock. The RSUs will vest in full on the earlier of: (i) the first anniversary of the
date of grant; (ii) the date of the succeeding year’s Annual Stockholders Meeting; or (iii) any change-in-control event
(as defined in the relevant RSU agreement).
2. All cash fees shall be paid quarterly in arrears, with fees earned during a fiscal quarter to be paid during the first month
of the immediately succeeding quarter. In the event an Independent Director serves as a member of the Board, a
member of a Committee or as Chair of a Committee for less than all of a fiscal quarter, the amount of the quarterly
installment of each applicable fee under paragraphs 1(a) and 1(b) above shall be pro-rated based on the number of
days served during the quarter.
For each Independent Director who joins the Board after the start of the annual board term, the equity grant shall be
made at the time Director joining the Board and it is be pro-rated based on the start date through the end of that term.
3. The fair market value of the Company’s common stock shall be determined by the closing price of the Company’s
common stock on the grant date or, if the Company’s common stock is not traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market (or
other applicable exchange or quotation system) on the date of the grant, the last preceding trading day.
4. All equity grants are subject to the Stock Ownership Guidelines for the Board of Directors as approved by the Board
from time to time. Current Guidelines state that within five years of joining our Board, each director must hold common
stock valued at 5x their Annual Retainer amount.
Table of Contents
Exhibit 10.87
HEADS OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
RICHARD SEAN ERICKSON
Mr. Erickson’s employment and compensation arrangements with the company are documented via ordinary course offer
letter and incentive plan documents that apply to his employment; he does not have a formal employment agreement with
the company. Hence, for purposes of this disclosure, the terms of Mr. Erickson’s employment are presented in these ‘heads
of agreement’ format.
• EMPLOYER: TTEC Services Corporation (“TTEC”)
• ROLE: Senior ranking executive overseeing TTEC Engage business segment
• TITLE: Senior Vice President and Global Head of Engage
$350,000 per annum, payable bi-monthly.
• COMPENSATION:
o Base Salary:
o Sign-on Bonus: $50,000, paid within two weeks of start of employment.
o New Hire Equity Grant: Fair market equity grant in TTEC restricted stock units (“RSUs”) equal in value to $600,000, as
of close of market on the date of the grant; vested over five years with 40% of the grant vesting on the 2nd anniversary
of the start of employment, and subsequent vesting of 20% each, occurring on the 3rd, 4th, and 5th anniversary of start
of employment.
o Variable Incentive Pay (VIP): Eligible for cash bonus of up to 60% of annual Base Salary, based on TTEC’s annual
performance targets, TTEC Engage performance targets; and individual performance goals, as set by, the CEO and
approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board; no guaranteed minimum, with overfunding possible based on
performance of the business.
o Equity Incentive Pay: Eligible for annual equity grant, in TTEC RSUs, with 60% of Base Salary at a target. The Equity
grant may comprise of performance based RSUs for 50% of the total grant value, tied to specific financial targets
(Revenue and/or OI and other possible metrics, as determined by the Compensation Committee of TTEC board of
directors), over a 3-year period and payable after financial results of operations for that 3-year period have been
determined; and time based RSUs for 50% of the total grant value, that vest over a four-year period in equal annual
installments of 25%, starting on the 1st anniversary of the grant. No guaranteed minimum, with overfunding possible
based on performance of the business.
• SEVERANCE: On involuntary separation without cause, and subject to standard releases, eligible for severance pay equal
to three weeks of then current base salary for each year of service subject to a minimum severance of 26 weeks and a
maximum severance of 36 weeks.
• RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS: Mr. Erickson is subject to customary non-disclosure and non-disparagement undertakings; and
non-compete and client and employees non-solicitation undertakings for one year from separation from the company
(regardless of reasons for separation) and limited to his scope of responsibilities (TTEC Engage business around the
globe). Because of Mr. Erickson’s executive role, the client non-solicitation restrictions are broad to include TTEC clients
and potential clients (those whom TTEC served or marketed to during Mr. Erickson’s term of employment).
• TERM AND TERMINATION: Employment at will started on September 8, 2020. Each party can terminate without notice.
Table of Contents
List of Subsidiaries
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiary
TTEC Services Corporation
TTEC Government Solutions, LLC
TTEC Digital, LLC
TTEC Healthcare Solutions, Inc.
TTEC@Home, LLC
TTEC Financial Services Management, LLC
Percepta, LLC
First Call Resolution, LLC
TTEC Canada Solutions, Inc.
TTEC Europe B.V.
TTEC B.V.
TTEC CX Solutions Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
TTEC India Customer Solutions Private Limited
Serendebyte Technology Solutions Private Limited
TTEC Brasil Servicos Ltda.
TTEC Eastern Europe EAD
TTEC International Pty Ltd
TeleTech Customer Care Management Philippines, Inc.
TeleTech Offshore Investments B.V. – Philippine Branch
TTEC Consulting (UK) Limited
TTEC (UK) Solutions Limited
TTEC Customer Care Management (Ireland) Limited
Jurisdiction
Colorado, USA
Colorado, USA
Colorado, USA
Delaware, USA
Colorado, USA
Delaware, USA
Delaware, USA
Colorado, USA
Canada
Netherlands
Netherlands
Mexico
India
India
Brazil
Bulgaria
NSW, Australia
Philippines
Philippines
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Ireland
Table of Contents
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Exhibit 23.1
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-232756) and
S-8 (Nos. 333-167300, 333-239003) of TTEC Holdings, Inc. of our report dated March 1, 2021 relating to the financial
statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Denver, Colorado
March 1, 2021
Table of Contents
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Exhibit 24.1
Each person whose signature appears below does hereby make, constitute and appoint each of Kenneth D. Tuchman,
Regina M. Paolillo and Margaret B. McLean, acting individually, as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent,
with full power of substitution, re-substitution and revocation to execute, deliver and file with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission, and the securities regulatory agency in each other country where a registration or filing may be
necessary or advised in connection with any offering of the Company’s securities, including but not limited to: Brazil,
Bulgaria, Canada, India, Ireland, Mexico, the Philippines, Singapore, the United Arab Emirates, and the United Kingdom,
for and on such person’s behalf, and in any and all capacities,
1. The Annual Report on Form 10-K of TTEC Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2020, any and all
amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection
therewith, or foreign jurisdiction equivalent reports and statements;
2. A Prospectus for use in the member nations of the European Union pursuant to the EU Prospectus Directions and any
and all amendments thereto with all exhibits and other documents in connection therewith; and
3. Such annual or other periodic reports on business, prospects, financial and results of operations as may be required
in any such other country granting unto each of said attorneys-in fact and agents full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done as fully to all intents and purposes as such
person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or such
person’s substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
/s/ Kenneth D. Tuchman
Feb. 25, 2021
/s/ Steven J. Anenen
Feb. 25, 2021
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Steven J. Anenen
/s/ Tracy L. Bahl
Tracy L. Bahl
Feb. 25, 2021
/s/ Gregory A. Conley
Feb. 25, 2021
Gregory A. Conley
/s/ Robert N. Frerichs
Feb. 25, 2021
/s/ Marc L. Holtzman
Feb. 25, 2021
Robert N. Frerichs
Marc L. Holtzman
/s/ Ekta Singh-Bushell
Feb. 25, 2021
Ekta Singh-Bushell
Table of Contents
Exhibit 31. 1
I, Kenneth D. Tuchman, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TTEC Holdings, Inc.;
CERTIFICATION
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered
by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
By:
/s/ Kenneth D. Tuchman
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 1, 2021
Table of Contents
Exhibit 31.2
I, Regina M. Paolillo, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TTEC Holdings, Inc.;
CERTIFICATION
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered
by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
By:
/s/ Regina M. Paolillo
Regina M. Paolillo
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Date: March 1, 2021
Table of Contents
Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
Exhibit 32.1
The undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer of TTEC Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that, to his knowledge
on the date hereof:
a.
b.
The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2020 filed on the date hereof
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results
of operations of the Company.
By:
/s/ Kenneth D. Tuchman
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 1, 2021
Table of Contents
Written Statement of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
Exhibit 32.2
The undersigned, the Chief Financial Officer of TTEC Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that, to his knowledge
on the date hereof:
a.
b.
The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2020 filed on the date hereof
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results
of operations of the Company.
By:
/s/ Regina M. Paolillo
Regina M. Paolillo
Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 1, 2021
CORPORATE INFORMATION
Directors
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Founder, Chairman of the Board
Steven J. Anenen
Director, DealerSocket; former Chief
Executive Officer, CDK Global, Inc.; former
President of ADP Dealer Services; former
Senior Vice President of North America
Systems.
Tracy L. Bahl
Partner, Healthcare Group, Welsh, Carson,
Anderson & Stowe; Former President and
CEO, OneOncology; former Executive Vice
President, Health Plans, CVS Health; former
Director, MedExpress; former Executive
Chairman, Emdeon; former Chief Executive
Officer, Uniprise
Gregory A. Conley
Director, Travelport; former Chief Executive
Officer, Aha! Software; former Chief
Executive Officer, Odyssey Group, SA
Robert N. Frerichs
Director, Wedgewood Enterprises
Corporation; former International
Chairman, Accenture, Inc.; former Director,
Merkle, Inc.; former Chairman, Aricent
Group; former Chairman, Avanade
Marc L. Holtzman
Chairman, CBZ Holdings Limited; Chairman,
Bank of Kigali; Director, Duddell Street
Acquisition Corporation; former Chief
Executive Officer of Kazkommertsbank;
former Director, FTI Consulting; former
Chairman, Meridian Capital HK; former Vice
Chairman, Barclays Capital
Ekta Singh-Bushell
Director, DBI, Inc.; Director, Huron Consulting
Group; Director, Net 1 UEPS Technologies,
Inc; Director, Datatec Limited; former
Deputy to the First Vice President, Chief
Operating Officer Executive Office at the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York; former
Partner, DecisionGPS LLC; former Global
Client Services Partner, Ernst & Young
Executive Officers
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chief Executive Officer
Regina M. Paolillo
Executive Vice President; Chief
Administrative and Financial Officer
Chandra Venkataramani
Senior Vice President,
Chief Information Officer
Jonathan Lerner
President, TTEC Digital
Judi A. Hand
Executive Vice President,
Chief Revenue Officer
Margaret B. McLean
Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Chief Risk Officer
Richard Sean Erickson
Senior Vice President, Global Head of
Engage
Michael Wellman
Senior Vice President,
Chief People Officer
ESG: GROWING A SOCIALLY AND
ENVIRONMENTALLY RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS
At TTEC, meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability
of future generations to enjoy our world is a part of our overarching purpose
to “bring humanity to business”. We believe that proactively managing
environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) issues as part of our business
strategy is critical to our sustainable growth and is an important part of our risk
management strategy.
Our comprehensive ESG program is built on four pillars — enlightened people
strategy, sustainable climate friendly operations, philanthropy, and responsible
information management. These programs are well resourced, active, and vital
to our goal of being a global business leader chosen by employees, customers,
partners, and investors because of our reputation for operating with integrity and
promoting strong ESG best practices across the globe. Learn more at ttec.com/ESG.
Audit Committee
Gregory A. Conley, Chairman
Robert N. Frerichs
Ekta Singh-Bushell
Compensation Committee
Tracy L. Bahl, Chairman
Gregory A. Conley
Robert N. Frerichs
Nominating and
Governance Committee
Robert N. Frerichs, Chairman
Steven J. Anenen
Tracy L. Bahl
Ekta Singh-Bushell
Executive Committee
Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman
Tracy L. Bahl
Steven J. Anenen
Stock Listing
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Symbol: TTEC
Website
ttec.com
2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
to be held virtually at
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/TTEC2021
on May 26, 2021 at 10:00 a.m. MDT
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Broadridge Corporate Issuer
Solutions, Inc.
1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Telephone: 855.206.5002
Facsimile: 215.553.5402
Email: shareholder@broadridge.com
Investor Information
Investor information, including TTEC’s Annual
Report, press releases and filings with the
U.S. Securities and ExchangeCommission,
may be obtained from TTEC’s website,
ttec.com or by contacting TTEC Investor
Relations at: 1.800.835.3832
investor.relations@ttec.com
Independent Accountants
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Denver, Colorado
Corporate InformationDirectors Kenneth D. TuchmanFounder, Chairman of the BoardSteven J. AnenenDirector, DealerSocket; former Chief Executive Officer, CDK Global, Inc.; former President of ADP Dealer Services; former Senior Vice President of North America Systems.Tracy L. BahlFormer President and CEO, OneOncology; former Executive Vice President, Health Plans, CVS Health; former Director, MedExpress; former Executive Chairman, Emdeon; former Chief Executive Officer, UnipriseGregory A. ConleyDirector, Travelport; former Chief Executive Officer, Aha! Software; former Chief Executive Officer, Odyssey Group, SARobert N. FrerichsDirector, Wedgewood Enterprises Corporation; former International Chairman, Accenture, Inc.; former Director, Merkle, Inc.; former Chairman, Aricent Group; former Chairman, AvanadeMarc L. HoltzmanChairman, CBZ Holdings Limited; Chairman, Bank of Kigali; Director, FAT Brands Inc.; former Chief Executive Officer of Kazkommertsbank; former Director, FTI Consulting; former Chairman, Meridian Capital HK; former Vice Chairman, Barclays CapitalEkta Singh-BushellDirector, DBI, Inc.; Director, Huron Consulting Group; Director, Net 1 UEPS Technologies, Inc; Director, Datatec Limited; former Deputy to the First Vice President, Chief Operating Officer Executive Office at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; former Partner, DecisionGPS LLC; former Global Client Services Partner, Ernst & YoungAudit CommitteeGregory A. Conley, ChairmanRobert N. FrerichsEkta Singh-BushellCompensation CommitteeTracy L. Bahl, ChairmanGregory A. ConleyRobert N. Frerichs Nominating and Governance CommitteeRobert N. Frerichs, ChairmanSteven J. AnenenTracy L. BahlEkta Singh-BushellExecutive CommitteeKenneth D. Tuchman, ChairmanTracy L. BahlSteven J. AnenenStock ListingNASDAQ Global Select MarketSymbol: TTEC Websitettec.com2020 Annual Meeting of StockholdersThe Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held Wednesday, May 13, 2020, beginning at 10:00 a.m. MDT at:TTEC Holdings, Inc.Global Headquarters9197 South Peoria StreetEnglewood, CO 80112-5833Transfer Agent and RegistrarBroadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300Philadelphia, PA 19103Telephone: 855.206.5002Facsimile: 215.553.5402Email: shareholder@broadridge.comInvestor InformationInvestor information, including TTEC’s Annual Report, press releases and filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, may be obtained from TTEC’s website, teletech.com or by contacting TTEC Investor Relations at:1.800.835.3832investor.relations@ttec.comIndependent AccountantsPricewaterhouseCoopers LLPDenver, ColoradoTTEC Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: TTEC) is a leading global customer experience technology and services company focused on the design, implementation and delivery of transformative customer experience for many of the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. The Company delivers outcome-based customer engagement solutions through TTEC Digital, its digital consultancy that designs and builds human centric, tech-enabled, insight-driven customer experience solutions for clients and TTEC Engage, its delivery center of excellence, that operates customer acquisition, care, fraud prevention and detection, and content moderation services. Founded in 1982, the Company’s 49,500 employees operate on six continents across the globe and live by a set of customer-focused values that guide relationships with clients, their customers, and each other. To learn more about how TTEC is bringing humanity to the customer experience, visit www.ttec.com.Executive OfficersKenneth D. TuchmanChief Executive OfficerRegina M. PaolilloExecutive Vice President; Chief Administrative and Financial OfficerMartin F. DeGhettoExecutive Vice President; TTEC EngageJudi A. HandExecutive Vice President, Chief Revenue Officer Chandra VenkataramaniSenior Vice President, Chief Information OfficerJonathan LernerPresident, TTEC DigitalSteven C. PollemaChief Operating Officer, TTEC DigitalMargaret B. McLeanSenior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Risk OfficerMichael WellmanSenior Vice President, Chief People OfficerNick CeriseSenior Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer201720182019Revenue$ 1,477.4$ 1,509.2$ 1,643.7Adjusted EBITDA$ 200.4$ 188.7$ 209.1Operating income$ 100.5$ 92.1$ 123.7Operating margin 6.8% 6.1% 7.5%EBIT$ 99.8$ 80.4$ 127.6Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders$ 7.3$ 35.8$ 77.2Average diluted shares outstanding 46.4 46.4 46.8Net income per diluted share$ 0.16$ 0.77$ 1.65Cash and cash equivalents$ 74.4$ 78.2$ 82.4Debt$ 361.3$ 304.5$ 307.5Capital expenditures$ 52.0$ 43.5$ 60.8Financial Highlights($ in millions, except per share data)2019 Revenue by Geography2019 Revenue by Segment North America Asia Pacific, Philippines & India Latin America EMEA TTEC Engage TTEC Digital20172017201920192017$1,477.42018$1,509.22019$1,643.7 $100.5 $123.7 2018$92.1 $0.16$1.652018$0.77**Includes one-time impact from enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs ActRevenue Operating IncomeNet Income Per Diluted Share64%26%6%4%81%19% TTEC Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: TTEC) is one of
the largest, global CX (customer experience)
technology and services innovators for end-to-
end, digital CX solutions. TTEC delivers leading CX
technology and operational CX orchestration at
scale through its proprietary cloud-based CXaaS
(CX as a service) platform.
Serving iconic and disruptive brands, TTEC’s
outcome-based solutions span the entire
enterprise, touch every virtual interaction channel,
and improve each step of the customer journey.
Leveraging next gen digital and cognitive
technology, TTEC’s Digital business designs,
builds, and operates omnichannel contact center
technology, conversational messaging, CRM,
automation (AI / ML and RPA), and analytics
solutions. TTEC’s Engage business delivers digital
customer engagement, customer acquisition &
growth, content moderation, fraud prevention,
and data annotation solutions.
Founded in 1982, TTEC’s singular obsession with
CX excellence has earned it leading client NPS
scores across the globe. The company’s nearly
61,000 employees operate on six continents and
bring technology and humanity together to deliver
happy customers and differentiated business
results. To learn more visit us at ttec.com
9197 South Peoria Street
Englewood, CO 80112-5833
+1 303 397-8100 or 1-800 835-3832
ttec.com
©2021 TTEC